For Proposed Project M/s. MARUTI MICAenvironmentclearance.nic.in/.../02062020A6OHIXK9EIArep… · Maruti Mica, Area 10410 sq.m., Survey No. 88, Plot No. 7, Hadamtala Industrial Zone,

M/s. Maruti Mica, Area 10410 sq.m., Survey No. 88, Plot No. 7, Hadamtala

Industrial Zone, Gondal Highway, B/h Santosh Petrol Pump, Tal.Kotda Sangani,

Dist. Rajkot, Gujarat Proposed to Manufacture Synthetic Resin Adhesive

Chemicals – 710 MT/Month

~ 1 ~

FINAL

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

For Proposed Project

M/s. MARUTI MICA

Located at

Survey No. 88, Plot No. 7,Hadamtala Industrial Zone, Gondal Highway, B/h Santosh Petrol

Pump, Tal.KotdaSangani, Dist. Rajkot, Gujarat, India.

“MANUFACTURING OF SYNTHETIC RESIN ADHESIVE”

ToR Letter No. IA-J-11011/38/2019-IA-II (I)

January 2020

Conducted & Prepared By

Prepared By

GREEN CIRCLE INC.

Integrated HSEQR Consulting Engineers, Scientists & Trainers

An ISO: 9001, ISO14001

CORPORATE OFFICE: Green Empire (Anupushpam), Beside Canara Bank, Nr. Yash

Complex,

Above Axis Bank, Gotri Main Road, VADODARA – 390 021, (Gujarat), India

E-mail: [email protected], Website: www.greencircleinc.com

mailto:[email protected]





~ 2 ~

UNDERTAKING

I, Rajeshbhai Vithalbhai Sardhara, Technical Manager of M/s. Maruti Mica located at Survey No. 88, Plot No.

7, Hadamtala Industrial Zone, Gondal Highway, B/h Santosh Petrol Pump, Tal.Kotda Sangani, Dist. Rajkot,

Gujarat, India,do hereby give undertaking that the data and information given in the Environmental Impact

Assessment (EIA) report are factually correct and we will responsible for any discrepancy in the EIA report.

We also undertake that content including information & data of the EIA report is own by us.

The above stated fact is true to the best of my knowledge.

Date : 12.05.2020 For, M/s. Maruti Mica

Place : Rajkot





~ 3 ~

UNDERTAKING

I, Pradeep Joshi,Group President & CEOof M/s. Green Circle Inc. located at Green Empire (Anupushpam),

above Axis Bank, Near Yash Complex, Gotri Main Road, Vadodara- 390021, do hereby undertaking, that we

have prepared EIA report for M/s. Maruti Mica located at Survey No. 88, Plot No. 7, Hadamtala Industrial

Zone, Gondal Highway, B/h Santosh Petrol Pump, Tal.Kotda Sangani, Dist. Rajkot, Gujarat, India. as per Terms

of Reference (ToR) prescribed vide letter No.IA-J-11011/38/2019-IA-II(I).The stated ToRs have been complied

with and the data mentioned in the EIA report are factually correct.

The above stated fact is true to the best of my knowledge.

Date : 12.05.2020 For, Green Circle, Inc.

Place : Vadodara





~ 4 ~

DISCLAIMER

The consulting services conducted by Green Circle, Inc. (the “Company”) were performed using generally

accepted guidelines, standards, and/or practices, which the Company considers reliable. Although the Company

performed its consulting services pursuant to reliable and generally accepted practices in the industry, the Company

does not guarantee or provide any representations or warranties with respect to Client’s use, interpretation or

application of the findings, conclusions, and/or suggestions of the consulting services provided by the Company.

Moreover, the findings, conclusions, and the suggestions resulting from the consulting service are based upon

certain assumptions, information, documents, and procedures provided by the Customer. AS SUCH, IN NO

EVENT AND UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCE SHALL THE COMPANY BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL,

INDIRECT, PUNITIVE OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY NATURE WHATSOEVER,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY LOST REVENUE OR PROFITS OF THE CUSTOMER

OR ITS CUSTOMERS, AGENTS AND DISTRIBUTORS, RESULTING FROM, ARISING OUT OF OR

IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SERVICES PROVIDED BY THE COMPANY.

The Customer agrees that the Company shall have no liability for damages, which may result from Client’s use,

interpretation or application of the consulting services provided by the Company. Client’s logo has been used for

report purpose only.





~ 5 ~

1 Chapter 1 Introduction and Background ...................................................................................... 26

1.1 Purpose of the Study ......................................................................................................................... 27

1.2 Identification of project & project proponent ..................................................................................... 27 Identification of project ............................................................................................................................................ 27 Project Proponent ..................................................................................................................................................... 27

1.3 Brief description of nature, size, location of the project and its importance to the country, region ...... 27 Location of Project Site ............................................................................................................................................. 27 Importance to the Country and its benefits .............................................................................................................. 28

1.4 Scope and Methodology of the study ................................................................................................. 28

1.5 Regulatory Framework ...................................................................................................................... 30

2 Chapter 2 Project Description ...................................................................................................... 32

2.1 Introduction ...................................................................................................................................... 33

2.2 Need for the Project .......................................................................................................................... 33

2.3 Project Location ................................................................................................................................ 33 Coordinates of the proposed project site are: .......................................................................................................... 33

2.4 Size and magnitude of the project...................................................................................................... 35 Land Area breakup .................................................................................................................................................... 35 Capital Cost of the Proposed Project ........................................................................................................................ 35

2.5 Salient features of the site ................................................................................................................. 36

2.6 Details of Products & Raw Material Consumption .............................................................................. 37

2.7 Manufacturing Process ...................................................................................................................... 37 Solvent Requirement & Recovery System ................................................................................................................ 45

2.8 Raw Materials Requirement with Storage and Transportation Details ................................................ 46

2.9 Requirement of Resources; ................................................................................................................ 46 Electricity/Power ....................................................................................................................................................... 46 Water ........................................................................................................................................................................ 46 Fuel ............................................................................................................................................................................ 48 Manpower ................................................................................................................................................................. 48 Plant Machineries & Utilities..................................................................................................................................... 48

2.10 Potential and Proposed Control Measures ......................................................................................... 49 Wastewater Treatment ........................................................................................................................................ 49 Air Pollution .......................................................................................................................................................... 50 Details regarding Hazardous Chemicals used during Production ......................................................................... 51 Solid/Hazardous Waste ........................................................................................................................................ 51 Noise & Vibration.................................................................................................................................................. 51

2.11 Assessment of New and Untested Technology ................................................................................... 52

3 Chapter 3 Description of the Environment ................................................................................... 53

3.1 Introduction ...................................................................................................................................... 54





~ 6 ~

3.2 Geology ............................................................................................................................................ 56 ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 56

3.3 Geomorphology ................................................................................................................................ 56

3.4 Land use ........................................................................................................................................... 57

3.5 Hydrogeology .................................................................................................................................... 58 Ground Water Scenario ............................................................................................................................................ 59 Geo-Hydrological Features ........................................................................................................................................ 61 Drainage Pattern ....................................................................................................................................................... 62

3.6 Seismicity of the Study Area .............................................................................................................. 62 Ground water Resources........................................................................................................................................... 63

3.7 Meteorology ..................................................................................................................................... 63 Met Data Generated at Site ...................................................................................................................................... 64 Wind Rose ................................................................................................................................................................. 66

3.8 Ambient Air Quality .......................................................................................................................... 68

3.9 Noise Environment ............................................................................................................................ 83

3.10 Water Quality ................................................................................................................................... 89 Methodology of Monitoring ................................................................................................................................. 89 Ground Water Quality: ......................................................................................................................................... 89 Surface Water Quality: ......................................................................................................................................... 96

3.11 Soil Environment ............................................................................................................................. 101 Methodology of sampling ................................................................................................................................... 101 Soil Sampling Locations ...................................................................................................................................... 101

3.12 Biological Environment .................................................................................................................... 106 Floral Compositions ............................................................................................................................................ 106 Fauna Compostion .............................................................................................................................................. 108

3.13 Socio-economic Environment .......................................................................................................... 111 Methodology ...................................................................................................................................................... 111 Socioeconomic Assessment ................................................................................................................................ 111 Sex Ratio ............................................................................................................................................................. 112 Social Structure: .................................................................................................................................................. 113 Literacy ............................................................................................................................................................... 114 Occupational Pattern .......................................................................................................................................... 116

3.14 Traffic Study .................................................................................................................................... 118

4 Chapter 4 Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures .................................. 120

4.1 Prelude ........................................................................................................................................... 121

4.2 Valued Environmental Components and Potential Impacts ............................................................... 121

4.3 Potential Impacts and Mitigation Measures during Operation phase ................................................ 123

4.4 Air Quality Modelling ...................................................................................................................... 123 Data used for Modeling .......................................................................................................................................... 123





~ 7 ~

4.5 Noise Level...................................................................................................................................... 127

4.6 Water Environment ......................................................................................................................... 127

4.7 Land Environment ........................................................................................................................... 127

4.8 Soil Quality ..................................................................................................................................... 128

4.9 Socio-Economic Environment .......................................................................................................... 128

4.10 Ecology and Biodiversity .................................................................................................................. 128

4.11 Occupational Health ........................................................................................................................ 128

4.12 Geo- Hydrology ............................................................................................................................... 129

4.13 Odour Management Plan ................................................................................................................ 129

5 Chapter 5 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES ..................................................................................... 130

5.1 Introduction .................................................................................................................................... 131

5.2 Site Alternative ............................................................................................................................... 131

5.3 Alternative for Technologies ............................................................................................................ 131

6 Chapter 6 ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PROGRAM ........................................................... 133

6.1 Environmental Monitoring Program................................................................................................. 134

6.2 Objectives of Monitoring ................................................................................................................. 134

6.3 Environmental Monitoring Program................................................................................................. 134 Monitoring and Reporting Procedure ..................................................................................................................... 134 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring.............................................................................................................................. 134 Water monitoring ................................................................................................................................................... 134 Noise level monitoring ............................................................................................................................................ 134

6.4 Monitoring Equipment and Consumables ........................................................................................ 135

6.5 Environmental Budget ..................................................................................................................... 135

7 Chapter 7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES ........................................................................................ 137

7.1 Public Consultation ......................................................................................................................... 138

7.2 Public Hearing Proceedings .............................................................................................................. 138

7.3 Risk Assessments ............................................................................................................................ 141

7.4 Methodology adopted for quantitative risk assessment (QRA) ......................................................... 143 Software used ......................................................................................................................................................... 144

7.5 Hazards associated with Flammable chemicals ................................................................................. 145

7.6 CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS ................................................................................................................ 164

7.7 Conclusion ...................................................................................................................................... 194

7.8 Proposed Control Measures ............................................................................................................ 194

7.9 Mitigation Measures General .......................................................................................................... 194





~ 8 ~

7.10 REFERENCES .................................................................................................................................... 195

7.11 Introduction to Disaster Management Plan ...................................................................................... 195 Objective ............................................................................................................................................................. 195 Diaster Preparedness .......................................................................................................................................... 200

7.12 Evacuation Plan ............................................................................................................................... 204

8 CHAPTER 8 PROJECT BENEFIT ......................................................................................... 210

8.1 Introduction .................................................................................................................................... 211

8.2 Employment Potential ..................................................................................................................... 211

8.3 Improvement in Physical & Social Infrastructure .............................................................................. 211

8.4 Corporate Environment Responsibility (CER) .................................................................................... 212

9 CHAPTER 9 ENVIRONMENTALCOSTS AND BENEFIT ANALYSIS ..................................... 214

9.1 Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis ................................................................................................ 215

10 CHAPTER 10 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN ....................................................... 216

10.1 Introduction .................................................................................................................................... 217

10.2 Conceptualization: Preliminary Environmental Assessment. ............................................................. 217

10.3 Objective of Environmental Management Plan ................................................................................ 217

10.4 Components of EMP ........................................................................................................................ 217 Specific Environment Management Plan & Mitigative measure for different features of surrounding

environment ......................................................................................................................................................................... 218

10.5 Environmental Management Systems (EMS) .................................................................................... 220

10.6 Environmental, Health and Safety (EHS) ........................................................................................... 220

10.7 Environmental Management Cell (EMC) ........................................................................................... 220

10.8 Corporate Environemnt Policy ......................................................................................................... 221

10.9 Environment management during construction phase ...................................................................... 221

10.10 Environment management during operational phase forproposed ................................................ 222

10.11 Greenbelt Development Plan ....................................................................................................... 224

10.12 Rain Water Harvesting Scheme .................................................................................................... 225

10.13 Occupational Health Management Plan ....................................................................................... 228

10.14 Fire & Safety Management Plan ................................................................................................... 228

10.15 Budget for Environment Protection Measures .............................................................................. 228

10.16 Corporate Environmental Responsibility (CER) Plan ...................................................................... 229

11 CHAPTER 11 SUMMARY & CONCLUSION ......................................................................... 230

11.1 Introduction .................................................................................................................................... 231





~ 9 ~

11.2 Air Environment .............................................................................................................................. 231

11.3 Water Environment ......................................................................................................................... 231

11.4 Noise Environment .......................................................................................................................... 231

11.5 Land/Soil Environment .................................................................................................................... 231

11.6 Socio-Economic Environment .......................................................................................................... 231

11.7 Conclusion ...................................................................................................................................... 232

12 CHAPTER 12 DISCLOSURE BY CONSULTANT .................................................................. 233





~ 1 ~

List of Tables

Table 1: Project Site Cordinates .................................................................................................................... 28 Table 2: Scope of Study ............................................................................................................................... 30 Table 3: Regulatory Framework .................................................................................................................... 30 Table 4: Area Break Up ............................................................................................................................... 35 Table 5: Details of Products & Raw Material Consumption .............................................................................. 37 Table 6 Details of Total Raw Material Consumption per month ........................................................................ 37 Table 7: Details of Raw Materials for Urea Formaldehyde Resin ...................................................................... 39 Table 8 Details of Raw Materials for Melamine Formaldehyde Resin ................................................................ 40 Table 9 Details of Raw Materials for Cardanol Phenol Formaldehyde Resin ...................................................... 42 Table 10 Details of Raw Materials for Phenol Formaldehyde Resin .................................................................. 43 Table 11: Details of Raw Material Storage ..................................................................................................... 46 Table 12: Details of Power Consumption ....................................................................................................... 46 Table 13: Water Balance .............................................................................................................................. 46 Table 14 Characteristics of Effluent .............................................................................................................. 47 Table 15 Fuel Consumption Details ............................................................................................................... 48 Table 16 Details of Manpower ...................................................................................................................... 48 Table 17: Details of Plant Machineries .......................................................................................................... 48 Table 18 Details of ETP Units ...................................................................................................................... 49 Table 19 Details of Flue Gas Stacks .............................................................................................................. 51 Table 20 Hazardous Waste Details ................................................................................................................ 51 Table 21 Location Details, Period and Methodology of Baseline Data Generation............................................... 54 Table 22- Land Use Land Cover of 10 Km Radius .......................................................................................... 58 Table 23 Major Water Bearing Formations: Weathered & Fractured Basalts & Sandstone aquifer ........................ 58 Table 24 Groundwater Resources Potential .................................................................................................... 63 Table 25 Meteorological Data (2018) ............................................................................................................ 64 Table 26Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations ....................................................................................... 70 Table 29 National Ambient Air Quality Standards and Methods of Measurement ............................................... 73 Table 30 Ambient Noise Quality Monitoring Locations ................................................................................... 84 Table 31 Applicable Noise Standards ............................................................................................................ 86 Table 32 Applicable Noise Standards ............................................................................................................ 88 Table 33 Ground Water Sampling Locations .................................................................................................. 89 Table 34 Ground Water Quality in the Study Area(March 2019 to May 2019) .................................................... 91 Table 35b Ground Water Quality in the Study Area(1th March to 20th March 2020) ............................................. 93 Table 36 Surface Water Sampling Locations .................................................................................................. 96 Table 37 Surface Water Quality in the Study Area(March 2019 to May 2019) .................................................... 97 Table 38 Surface Water Quality in the Study Area(1th March to 20th March 2020) .............................................. 99 Table 39 Standard Water Quality Criteria..................................................................................................... 101 Table 40 Soil Sampling Locations ............................................................................................................... 102 Table 41 Physiochemical Characteristics of Soil (March 2019 to May 2019) .................................................... 104 Table 42 Physiochemical Characteristics of Soil(1th March to 20th March 2020) ............................................... 105 Table 43 List of Flora in the Study Area ...................................................................................................... 106 Table 44 List of Fauna ............................................................................................................................... 108 Table 45 List of amphibians recorded in the study area .................................................................................. 110 Table 46 List of reptiles recorded in the study area ........................................................................................ 110 Table 47 Mammals recorded in the study area .............................................................................................. 110 Table 48 List of villages present in the study area ......................................................................................... 111 Table 49 Village-wise details of Population .................................................................................................. 112 Table 50 Social Distribution ....................................................................................................................... 113 Table 51 Literacy Rate ............................................................................................................................... 114 Table 52 Occupational Pattern .................................................................................................................... 117





~ 2 ~

Table 53 Traffic Survey ............................................................................................................................. 118 Table 54 Environmental Impact Matrix ........................................................................................................ 121 Table 55 Construction Phase impacts & its Mitigation Measures..................................................................... 122 Table 56 Ground level Concentration of PM10in μg/m3 .................................................................................. 123 Table 57 Ground level Concentration of SO2 in μg/m3 ................................................................................... 125 Table 58 Ground level Concentration of NO2 in μg/m3 ................................................................................... 126 Table 59 EnvironmentalMonitoring Plan (During Operational Phase) .............................................................. 135 Table 60 Budget Allocation for Environmental Management .......................................................................... 135 Table 61 Budget Allocation for Coporate Environmental Responsibility .......................................................... 136 Table 62 Chemical Storage......................................................................................................................... 142 Table 63 Odour control Management Plan ................................................................................................... 218 Table 64 Environment management Plan for Land Environment ..................................................................... 218 Table 65 Environment management Plan for Air Environment ....................................................................... 219 Table 66 Environment Management Plan for Water Environment ................................................................... 219 Table 67Environment Management Plan for Hazardous Waste ....................................................................... 219 Table 68 Environment management during construction phase ....................................................................... 221 Table 69 Details of Plant Species in Greenbelt .............................................................................................. 224 Table 70 Details of Rain Water Harvesting .................................................................................................. 227 Table 71 Budgetary allocation towards Environmental Management for proposed ............................................ 229 Table 72 Budget Allocation for Coporate Environmental Responsibility .......................................................... 229





~ 3 ~

List of Figures

Figure 1: Project Location Map .................................................................................................................................... 28

Figure 2: Methodology of EIA Study ........................................................................................................................... 29

Figure 3: Index Map ...................................................................................................................................................... 34

Figure 4: Google Map showing 2, 5, 10 kms of project site ......................................................................................... 34

Figure 6: Plant Layout .................................................................................................................................................. 35

Figure 7 Google map showing the industries near of M/s. Maruti Mica. ..................................................................... 36

Figure 9 Water Balance Diagram .................................................................................................................................. 47

Figure 10: Location Map of Study area ........................................................................................................................ 55

Figure 11: Land use/Land cover map ........................................................................................................................... 57

Figure 12 Land Use Land Cover of Rajkot District ...................................................................................................... 58

Figure 13 Depth to water level map for the pre-monsoon period 2012 ........................................................................ 59

Figure 14 Depth to water level map for the post-monsoon period 2012 ....................................................................... 60

Figure 15: Water level fluctuation map ........................................................................................................................ 61

Figure 16 Drainage Pattern of the Project Site .............................................................................................................. 62

Figure 17: Seismic Zone of Gujarat State ..................................................................................................................... 63

Figure 18: Wind Rose (March’19 to May’19) [From NE to SW] ................................................................................ 68

Figure 19: Google Image showing Ambient Air Monitoring Locations ....................................................................... 69

Figure 20: Graphical representation of PM10 concentration at different locations ....................................................... 74

Figure 21: Graphical representation of PM2.5 concentration at different locations ....................................................... 74

Figure 22: Graphical representation of SO2 concentration at different locations ......................................................... 74

Figure 23: Graphical representation of NO2 concentration at different locations ......................................................... 75

Figure 24: Graphical representation of PM10 concentration at different locations ....................................................... 77

Figure 25: Graphical representation of PM2.5 concentration at different locations ....................................................... 82

Figure 26: Graphical representation of SO2 concentration at different locations ......................................................... 82

Figure 27: Graphical representation of NO2 concentration at different locations ......................................................... 83

Figure 28: Google Image showing Ambient Noise Monitoring Locations ................................................................... 84

Figure 29: Graphical Representation of Day time Noise Level in the study area ......................................................... 86

Figure 30: Graphical Representation of Night time Noise Level in the study area ...................................................... 86

Figure 31: Graphical Representation of Day time Noise Level in the study area ......................................................... 88

Figure 32: Graphical Representation of Night time Noise Level in the study area ...................................................... 88

Figure 33: Google Image showing Ground Water Monitoring Locations .................................................................... 89

Figure 34: Google Image showing Surface Water Monitoring Locations .................................................................... 96

Figure 35: Google Image showing Soil Sampling Location ....................................................................................... 102

Figure 36: Villages within 10 km radius ..................................................................................................................... 111

Figure 37: Population of the study area ...................................................................................................................... 113

Figure 38: Social profile of the study area .................................................................................................................. 114

Figure 39: Population Literacy of the study area ........................................................................................................ 116

Figure 40: Occupational Pattern of the study area ...................................................................................................... 118

Figure 41 Ground Level Concentration of PM10 ........................................................................................................ 124

Figure 42: Ground Level Concentration of SO2 ......................................................................................................... 125

Figure 43 Ground Level Concentration of NO2 .......................................................................................................... 126

Figure 44 Safety Board (For Symboltic Only) ............................................................................................................ 129

Figure 45 Rainwater Harvesting (For Symbolic only) ................................................................................................ 225





~ 4 ~

List of Annexure

Annexure-1: NABET certificate

Annexure-2: Land document

Annexure-3: ToR Letter

Annexure-4: CTO Letter

Annexure-5: CTO Compliance

Annexure-6: MSDS

Annexure-7: Toposheet

Annexure 8: Public Hearing Letter

Annexure- 9: CGWA Application

Annexure- 10: Raw AAQ data

Annexure- 11: Site Photographs





~ 5 ~

Structure of the Report

Executive Summary: This chapter gives the Executive Summary of the EIA report.

Chapter 1 (Introduction): This chapter describes objectives and methodology for EIA.

Chapter 2 (Project Description):

This chapter gives a brief description of the location, approachability,

manufacturing processes, and details of raw materials, amenities, layout and

utilities of the proposed project.

Chapter 3 (Description of the

Environment):

This chapter presents details of the baseline environmental status for

microclimate, air quality, noise, traffic, water quality, soil quality, flora,

fauna and socio-economic status etc.

Chapter 4 (Anticipated

Environmental Impact and

Mitigation Measures):

This chapter discusses the possible sources of pollution and environmental

impacts due to the project during construction and operation phases and

suggests the mitigation measures.

Chapter 5 (Analysis of

Alternatives):

This chapter covers analysis of technology alternatives and site alternatives.

Chapter 6 (Environmental

Monitoring Programme):

This chapter discusses the details about the environmental monitoring

program during construction and operation phases.

Chapter 7 (Additional Studies):

This chapter covers information about Risk Assessment Studies for the

construction and operation phase, the safety precautions that are taken during

construction phase and Disaster Management Plan and Emergency

Preparedness Plan onsite and offsite.

Chapter 8 (Project Benefits): This chapter presents the benefits from this project.

Chapter 9 (Environmental Cost

Benefit Analysis)

If recommended by EAC at the scoping stage, this chapter shall include the

Environmental Cost benefit Analysis of the project.

Chapter 10 (Environmental

Management Plan):

This chapter deals with the Environmental Management Plan (EMP) for the

proposed Project and indicates measures proposed to minimize the likely

impacts on the environment during construction and operation phases and

budgetary allocation for the same.

Chapter 11 (Conclusion): This chapter presents the conclusion made by the project proponent and

developer.

Chapter 12 (Disclosure of

Consultants engaged):

This chapter presents the details of the consultant.





~ 6 ~

List of Abbreviations

EIA Environmental Impact Assessment

MoEF&CC Ministry of Environment Forest & Climate Change

CPCB Central Pollution Control Board

ToR Terms of Reference

SPCB State Pollution Control Board

D. G Set Diesel Generator Set

AERB Atomic Energy Regulatory Board

DRDO Defense Research and Development Organization

EMP Environment Management Plan

EAC Environment Appraisal Committee

DGFT Directorate General of Foreign Trade

NH National Highway

EC Environment Clearance

ETP Effluent Treatment Plant

APC Air Pollution Control

GEB Gujarat Electricity Board

KVA Kilo Volt Ampere

HP Horse Power

KL Kilo Liter

IMD Indian Meteorological Department

CO Carbon Monoxide

PM Particulate Matte

SO2 Sulphur Dioxide

NOX Oxides of Nitrogen

DO Dissolved Oxygen

BOD Biochemical Oxygen Demand

COD Chemical Oxygen Demand

pH Power of Hydrogen

SAR Specific Absorption Rate

ISR Institute of Seismological Research

BGL Below Ground Level

LPM Liters Per Minute

KMPH Kilo Meter Per Hour

AAQM Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

NAAQS National Ambient Air Quality Standards

TVOC Total Volatile Organic Carbon

UV Ultra Violet

AAS Atomic absorption spectroscopy

dB Decibel

GW Ground Water

NTU Nephlometric Unit

Mg/L Milligram Per Liter

SW Surface Water

µS/cm Micro siemens Per Centimeter

MPN/100 ml Most Probable Number

mg/kg Milligram Per Kilogram

LC Letter of Credit

PCU Passenger Car Unit

ETP Effluent Treatment Plant

CETP Common Effluent Treatment Plant

NOC No Objection Certificate

CC&A Consolidated Con & Authorization

NABL National Accredited

CER Cooperate Environment Responsibility

QRA Quantitative Risk Assessment





~ 7 ~

MCLS Maximum Credible Loss Scenario

DALR Dry Adiabatic Lapse Rate

ELR Environmental Lapse Rate

BLEVE Boiling Liquid Expanding Vapor Explosion

VCE Vapor Cloud Explosion

ERPG Emergency Response Planning Guidelines

AIHA American Industrial Hygiene Association

TLV Threshold Limit Value

STEL Short Term Exposure Limit

IDLH Immediately Dangerous to Life Or Health

NIOSH National Institute For Occupational Safety And Health

INCOIS Indian National Centre For Ocean Information Services

GDP Greenbelt Development Plan

GST Good Service Tax

VAT Value Added Tax

EMS Environmental Management Systems

EHS Environmental, Health And Safety

EMC Environmental Management Cell

PPE Personal Protective Equipment

TSDF Transport Storage Disposal Facility

SOP Standard Operating Procedure

CEES Committee on Earth and Environmental Sciences

MSIHC Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemicals Rules





~ 8 ~

TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) COMPLIANCE

Point wise compliance of the TOR points issued by EAC, MoEF& CC, and New Delhi vide letter

No.IA-J-11011/38/2019-IA-II (I) for manufacturing of Melamine Formaldehyde Resin, Phenol

Formaldehyde Resin, Cardanol Phenol Formaldehyde Resin & Urea Formaldehyde Resins at Survey

no. 88, plot no.7, Hadamtala Industrial Zone, Gondal Highway, B/h. Santosh Petrol Pump, Tal.Kotda

Sangani, Dist. Rajkot, Gujarat, India. A tabular chart with index for point wise compliance is as given

below:

S

r.

N

o.

TOR Points Brief Explanation of Compliance

Status

Reference with Page

No.

Model ToR prescribed by MoEF&CC

1. Executive summary of the project Brief summary of the project

regarding of Air, Water & Hazardous

is prepared.

Refer Executive

summary of Project

Page No. 28

2.

Introduction

i Details of the EIA Consultant

including NABET accreditation

NABET Accredited consultant:

Green Circle Inc. Vadodara (Gujarat)

NABET/EIA/1720/IA0029

Valid up to – 4th June 2020

Refer Annexure 1

NABET/EIA/1720/I

A0029 NABET

Certificate of

Consultant

ii Information about the project

proponent Name of the Partner

1. Mrs.Hetalben Mahendrabhai

Sardhara

2. Mrs. Urmilaben Hiteshbhai Sardhara

3. Mr. Rajeshbhai Vithalbhai Sardhara

4. Mr. Arvindbhai Jagabhai Meghani

Refer Page No. 34 of

Chapter 1

iii Importance and benefits of the project The products like these Resins (Urea

Formaldehyde Resin, Melamine

Formaldehyde Resin, Cardanol

Phenol Formaldehyde Resin and

Phenol Formaldehyde Resin) are

mainly used to manufacture

Laminated Sheets. The project will

enhance India’s potential of

supplying synthetic organic resin

leading to set up of India’s position in

global market and strengthening of

Indian economy.

Refer Section 1.3.2

of Chapter 1

Page No. 35

3. i Cost of project and time of

completion.

It is expected that the project will be

completed in approximately 6 months

from the date of grant of EC.

Refer Section 2.4 of

Chapter 2

Page No. 42

ii Products with capacities for the

proposed project.

Urea Formaldehyde Resin – 350

MT/M

Melamine Formaldehyde Resin-60

MT/M


Chapter 2

Page No. 44





~ 9 ~

Cardanol Phenol Formaldehyde

Resin-150MT/M

Phenol Formaldehyde Resin-

150MT/M

iii If expansion project, details of

existing products with capacities and

whether adequate land is available for

expansion, reference of earlier EC if

any.

Not Applicable as it is a new proposed project

iv List of raw materials required and

their source along with mode of

transportation.

Raw Material & Product will be

transported by road from local

supplier.

Refer Table No. 6 in

Section 2.8 of

Chapter 2

Page No. 44

v Other chemicals and materials

required with quantities and storage

capacities

-- --

vi Details of Emission, effluents,

hazardous waste generation and their

management, effluents, hazardous

waste generation and their

management.

Mostly emission will be occurred

through Boiler & TFH. The DG set

will be provided for the emergency

purpose only.

Process emission will from drying of

laminated sheets.

Generated wastewater will be

evaporated through evaporator to

maintain Zero liquid discharge.

Generated hazardous waste-ETP

sludge/Evaporator Residue disposed

to TSDF,

Process-residue disposed to co-

processing/CHWIF.


Chapter 2, Page No.

56 for effluent

details,

Refer section 2.10.1

of Chapter 2, Page

No 56 for effluent

management

Refer Table 19 of

Chapter 2 for

emission, Refer

Table 20 of Page 58

for Hazardous waste

details

vi

i

Requirement of water, power, with

source of supply, status of approval,

water balance diagram, man-power

requirement (regular and contract)

Water requirement (41 KLD) will be

fulfilled by Borewell. Application

No. 21-4/5503/GJ/IND/2019 dated

23/11/2019.

The source of Electricity is PGVCL.

The power demand for the

manufacturing activity 100 KVA.

Total manpower requirement will be

18 persons


Chapter 2

Page No. 47

vi

ii

Process description along with major

equipment and machineries, process

flow sheet (quantitate) from raw

material to products to be provided

There will be major equipments like

different types of reaction vessels,

dryers, boiler etc, for manufacturing

of products.

Refer Table 19 of

Chapter 2

Page No. 53

ix Hazard identification and details of

proposed safety systems.

There will be taken necessary steps

for prevention of major accident and

safety purpose.


Chapter 2 Page No.

47

x Expansion/modernization proposals:

a Copy of all the Environmental

Clearance(s) including Amendments

thereto obtained for the project from

MOEF/SEIAA shall be attached as an

Annexure. A certified copy of the

latest Monitoring Report of the

Not applicable





~ 10 ~

Regional Office of the Ministry of

Environment and Forests as per

circular dated 30th May 2012 on the

status of compliance of conditions

stipulated in all the existing

environmental clearances including

Amendments shall be provided. In

addition, status of compliance of

Consent to Operate for the

ongoing/existing operation of the

project from SPCB shall be attached

with the EIA-EMP report.

b In case the existing project has not

obtained environmental clearance,

reasons for not taking EC under the

provisions of the EIA Notification

1994 and/or EIA Notification 2006

shall be provided. Copies of Consent

to Establish/No Objection Certificate

and Consent to Operate (in case of

units operating prior to EIA

Notification 2006, CTE and CTO of

FY 2005-2006) obtained from the

SPCB shall be submitted. Further,

compliance report to the conditions of

consents from the SPCB shall be

submitted.

CTO obtained from Gujarat Pollution

Control Board) CTO No. AWH-

30545, Valid Up to 31/03/2023 for

the production of Laminated sheet

855MT/M.

Refer Annexure 4 &

5 – CTO copy & its

compliance

4. Site Details 4.

i Location of the project site covering

village, Taluka/Tehsil, District and

State, Justification for selecting the

site, whether other sites were

considered.

Site selection was guided by many

factors like availability of land, water

sources, fuel, transportation

availability etc.


Chapter 2

Page no. 40

ii A toposheet of the study area of

radius of 10km and site location on

1:50,000/1:25,000 scale on an A3/A2

sheet. (including all eco-sensitive

areas and environmentally sensitive

places)

Toposheet No. F42K16 has been

attached.

Please refer

Annexure 7

Toposheet map

iii Details w.r.t. option analysis for

selection of site

The proposed project is to be done

within the existing project area.

Project proponent is very well

familiar with the surrounding

environment therefore, it becomes

easy for the unit to set up, operate &

maintain the project on above said

location.

Please refer Chapter

5

Page No. 139

iv Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four

corners of the site. Latitude Longitude

22° 4’.208” N 70° 47.301” E

22°4’.13.31”

N

70°47.16.27”

E

22°4’11.61”

N

70° 47’16.36”

E

Refer Table 1 of

Section 1.3 in

Chapter 1

Page No. 34





~ 11 ~

22° 4’11.95”

N

70° 47’22.65”

E

22° 4’13.55”

N

70° 47’22.37”

E

v Google map-Earth downloaded of the

project site.

-- Refer Figure 3 of

Section 1.3 in

Chapter 1 Page No.

35-36

vi Layout maps indicating existing unit

as well as proposed unit indicating

storage area, plant area, greenbelt

area, utilities etc. If located within an

Industrial area/Estate/Complex,

layout of Industrial Area indicating

location of unit within the Industrial

area/Estate.

Total available land area of premises

is 10410 m2, out of which 3435.3 m2

(33.0 %) area will be developed for

greenbelt.

Refer Figure 6 of

Section 2.4 in

Chapter 2 for Area

Break up

Page No. 42

vi

i

Photographs of the proposed and

existing (if applicable) plant site. If

existing, show photographs of

plantation/greenbelt, in particular.

Attached Please refer

Annexure – 11

vi

ii

Land use break-up of total land of the

project site (identified and acquired),

government/ private - agricultural,

forest, wasteland, water bodies,

settlements, etc shall be included.

(not required for industrial area)(in

sq. m)

Shed Area 1153.96

Office Area 53.18

Labour Room 57.44

WC Area 35.30

Electric Room 43.45

ETP Area 43.18

Parking Area 557.06

Green Belt 3435.3

Open Area

(including

unused land)

4174 +

857.13

Total 10410

Refer Table 4 of

Section 2.4 in

Chapter 2 for Area

Break up

Page No. 42

ix A list of major industries with name

and type within study area (10km

radius) shall be incorporated. Land

use details of the study area

Veer Polyplast, Veer Polytech, Tulsi

Agro Food Industries, Nikoo

Precision Cast Pvt.Ltd, Fortune

Industries, are major industries which

near to project.

Land Use and Land cover details

within 10 Km radius incorporated.

Refer Section 2.5 in

Chapter 2.

Page No. 43.


Chapter 3.

Page No. 58.

x Geological features and Geo-

hydrological status of the study area

shall be included.

Rajkot district is situated in the

central part of Saurashtra peninsula.

The topography in these parts in

intersected by ridges form by

sandstone and intrusive dykes.


Chapter 3

Page No. 63

xi Details of Drainage of the project up

to 5 km radius of study area. If the site

is within 1 km radius of any major

river, peak and lean season river

discharge as well as flood occurrence

The area has a drainage pattern which

is of the parallel and trellis type and

which is controlled by the topography

and structure and tectonics of the

region


Chapter 3

Page No. 69





~ 12 ~

frequency based on peak rainfall data

of the past 30 years. Details of Flood

Level of the project site and

maximum Flood Level of the river

shall also be provided. (mega green

field projects)

xi

i

Status of acquisition of land. If

acquisition is not complete, stage of

the acquisition process and expected

time of complete possession of the

land.

Refer Land document

attached as

Annexure 2 – Land

Documents

xi

ii

R&R details in respect of land in line

with state Government policy.

NA NA

5 Forest and wildlife related issues (if

applicable):

NA NA

i Permission and approval for the use

of forest land (forestry clearance), if

any, and recommendations of the

State Forest Department. (if

applicable)

NA NA

ii Land use map based on High

resolution satellite imagery (GPS) of

the proposed site delineating the

forest land (in case of projects

involving forest land more than 40

ha)

NA NA

iii Status of Application submitted for

obtaining the stage I forestry

clearance along with latest status

shall be submitted.

Not Applicable. The project area is

non- forest land.

NA

iv The projects to be located within 10

km of the National Parks,

Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves,

Migratory Corridors of Wild

Animals, the project proponent shall

submit the map duly authenticated by

Chief Wildlife Warden showing these

features vis-à-vis the project location

and the recommendations or

comments of the Chief Wildlife

Warden-thereon.

There are no National parks,

Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves,

Migratory corridors of Wild Animals,

within the 10 Km buffer zone.

NA

v Wildlife Conservation Plan duly

authenticated by the Chief Wildlife

Warden of the State Government for

conservation of Schedule I fauna, if

any exists in the study area.

NA NA

vi Copy of application submitted for

clearance under the Wildlife

(Protection) Act, 1972, to the

Standing Committee of the National

Board for Wildlife.

NA NA





~ 13 ~

6 Environmental Status

i Determination of atmospheric

inversion level at the project site and

site-specific micro meteorological

data using temperature, relative

humidity, hourly wind speed and

direction and rainfall.

The meteorological parameters play a

vital role in transport and dispersion

of pollutants in the atmosphere.


Chapter 3

Page No. 71

ii AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8

locations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX,

CO and other parameters relevant to

the project shall be collected. The

monitoring stations shall be based

CPCB guidelines and take into

account the pre dominant wind

direction, population zone and

sensitive receptors including reserved

forests.

AAQM locations were monitored on

24 hourly average bases twice in a

week as per guidelines of CPCB and

NAAQS. The locations for AAQM

study were selected within the 10 km

radius of the proposed plant

installation. Ambient air quality was

monitored on 8 locations to generate

representative ambient air quality

data.

Locations are Project site, Ardoi,

Gundasara, Sindhavadar, Hadamtala,

Bhojpara, Vaddhari and Pipaliya.


Chapter 3

Page No. 75

iii Raw data of all AAQ measurement

for 12 weeks of all stations as per

frequency given in the NAQQM

Notification of Nov.2009 along with-

min. max., average and 98% values

for each of the AAQ parameters from

data of all AAQ stations should be

provided as an annexure to the EIA

Report.

Data of all AAQ measurement for 12

weeks of all stations are incorporated

in Annexure.

Refer Annexure 11

- Raw Data for

Ambient Air

Monitoring

iv Surface water quality of nearby River

(100m upstream and downstream of

discharge point) and other surface

drains at eight locations as per CPCB/

MoEF& CC guidelines.

Surface water samples were collected

from 5 locations during the study

period and analyzed for a number of

physico-chemical parameters.

Locations are Veri Near Bhojpara,

Near Siddharth nagar, Near Soliya,

Near Lunivav and Near Ribda.

Refer Table 36 of

Chapter 3 for surface

water quality

Page No. 105

v Whether the site falls near to polluted

stretch of river identified by the

CPCB/ MoEF& CC, if yes give

details.

NA NA

vi Ground water monitoring at

minimum at 8 locations shall be

included.

Ground water samples were collected

from 08 locations during the study

period and analyzed for a number of

physico-chemical parameters.

Locations are Ardoi, Gundasara,

Sindhavadar, Hadamtala, Bhojpara,

Vaddhari and Pipaliya.

Refer Table 34 of

Chapter 3 for

Location of collected

Ground water

samples

Page No. 100

vi

i

Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations

within the study area. A total of 08 locations were identified

for ambient noise monitoring in the

study area. Locations are Project site,

Near Industrial zone, Lunivav


Chapter 3 for noise

monitoring location.

Page No. 93





~ 14 ~

Primary school, Ardoi, Krishnam

hospital, Vaddhari, Near Ribda and

Near Khareda.

vi

ii

Soil Characteristic as per CPCB

guidelines. The soil samples were examined for

various physic chemical parameters,

to determine the existing soil

characteristics of the study area. The

soil samples were collected from 8

selected locations during monitoring

season. Locations are Ardoi,

Gundasara, Sindhavadar, Hadamtala,

Bhojpara, Vaddhari and Pipaliya.

Refer Table 40 of

Chapter 3 for Soil

sample collected

location.

Page No. 111

Refer Table 41 of

Chapter 3

characteristic of soil

Page No. 113

ix Traffic study of the area, type of

vehicles, frequency of vehicles for

transportation of materials, additional

traffic due to proposed project,

parking arrangement etc.

The traffic survey, to ascertain the

traffic density in the study area was

conducted on the road near the project

site. Road of the Project.The level of

service of the road will be “B” during

construction and operational phase,

which is very good.


Chapter 3

Page No. 127

x Detailed description of flora and

fauna (terrestrial and aquatic) existing

in the study area shall be given with

special reference to rare, endemic and

endangered species. If Schedule-I

fauna are found within the study area,

a Wildlife Conservation Plan shall be

prepared and furnished.

The study includes both aquatic and

terrestrial ecosystems. Diverse

systems such as scrub forest,

cultivated lands and kitchen gardens

of villages were visited and floral

species identified. A total of 54

species of plants (including wild,

ornamental and cultivated plants).

A total of 50 species of birds were

observed during the present survey.

The habitat types of the area include

agricultural land, scrub jungle,

plantation, ponds, marshlands and

fallow grassland seasonal

As per biological survey, no Schedule

1 Fauna is found within the study

area, thus no requirement of Wildlife

Conservation Plan.

Refer Section 3.12

of Chapter 3

Page No. 115

xi Socio-economic status of the study

area.

Detailed socio-economic data were

collected within 10 km radius of the

Project site. Preliminary information

was collected during field

investigation followed by secondary

data from the census of India 2011.


Chapter 3

Page No. 120

7 Impact and Environment Management Plan

i Assessment of ground level

concentration of pollutants from the

stack emission based on site-specific

meteorological features. In case the

project is located on a hilly terrain,

the AQIP Modelling shall be done

The air quality impacts have been

predicted for the proposed plant

assuming baseline air quality. Site-

specific meteorological parameters

have been recorded by continuous

monitoring. Short term 24 hourly


Chapter 4





~ 15 ~

using inputs of the specific terrain

characteristics for determining the

potential impacts of the project on the

AAQ. Cumulative impact of all

sources of emissions (including

transportation) on the AAQ of the

area shall be assessed. Details of the

model used and the input data used

for modelling shall also be provided.

The air quality contours shall be

plotted on a location map showing the

location of project site, habitation

nearby, sensitive receptors, if any.

GLC's incremental values were

estimated using the site-specific

meteorological conditions.

Page No. 132

ii Water Quality Modelling - in case of

discharge in water body.

NA NA

iii Impact of the transport of the raw

materials and end products on the

surrounding environment shall be

assessed and provided. In this regard,

options for transport of raw materials

and finished products and wastes

(large quantities) by rail or rail-cum

road transport or conveyor cum- rail

transport shall be examined.

Mostly all raw materials are available

in local market, thus will be

purchased from local market. The

convenient transportation medium

will be used for the transportation of

raw materials. Unit will take care

about no any negative impact should

occur during transportation.


Chapter 4

Page no 130

iv A note on treatment of wastewater

from different plant operations,

extent recycled and reused for

different purposes shall be included.

Complete scheme of effluent

treatment. Characteristics of

untreated and treated effluent to meet

the prescribed standards of discharge

under E(P) Rules.

Unit will provide Adequate ETP plant

having Primary treatment units

followed by evaporator for treatment

of industrial effluent. The unit will

maintain Zero liquid discharge.


Chapter 2 for

Effluent Generation

source, treatment &

Management

Page No. 56

v Details of stack emission and action

plan for control of emissions to meet

standards.

Flue gas emission will occur through

Boiler & DG Set and for prevention

of emission; unit will provide Multi

cyclone separator and bag filter,

Adequate Stack Height.


Chapter 2

Page No. 58

vi Measures for fugitive emission

control

Regular sprinkling of the water will

be recommended during the

construction phase. Dust

Collector/Bag Filter and Hood Cover

will be provided to the common stack

attached to the Boiler as an Air

Pollution Control System in the unit.


Chapter 10

Page No. 144

vi

i

Details of hazardous waste generation

and their storage, utilization and

management. Copies of MOU

regarding utilization of solid and

hazardous waste in cement plant shall

also be included. EMP shall include

the concept of waste-minimization,

recycle/ reuse/ recover techniques,

Energy conservation, and natural

Generated hazardous waste: ETP

sludge/Evaporator Residue disposed

to TSDF.

Process-residue disposed to co-

processing/CHWIF.

Refer Table no 20 of

Chapter 2 for

Hazardous waste

generation & it’s

management.

Page No. 58





~ 16 ~

resource conservation.

vi

ii

Proper utilization of fly ash shall be

ensured as per Fly Ash Notification,

2009. A detailed plan of action shall

be provided.

Cyclone separator, Dust Collector

/Hood Cover will be installed as Air

Pollution Control Measures.

Refer Section 10.10

of Chapter 10 page

no 145

ix Action plan for the green belt

development plan in 33 % area i.e.

land with not less than 1,500 trees per

ha. Giving details of species, width of

plantation, planning schedule etc.

shall be included. The green belt shall

be around the project boundary and a

scheme for greening of the roads used

for the project shall also be

incorporated.

Unit will develop greenbelt area and

for this activity demands expert

advice and guidance.

Unit will develop greenbelt area

having approx. 510 nos of trees.

Refer Section 10.11

of Chapter

Page No. 225

x Action plan for rainwater harvesting

measures at plant site shall be

submitted to harvest rainwater from

the roof tops and storm water drains

to recharge the ground water and also

to use for the various activities at the

project site to conserve fresh water

and reduce the water requirement

from other sources.

Adequate care has been taken while

making efficient planning for

percolation of rainwater into the sub-

surface without directly draining it

outside and conserving maximum

extent of rainwater within the facility

Refer Section 10.12

of Chapter 10

Page No. 227

xi Total capital cost and recurring

cost/annum for environmental

pollution control measures shall be

included.

Total Capital Cost of EMP budget

will be 37.2 Lakh & Recurring Cost

of 8.0 Lakh.

Refer Table 61 of

Chapter 6 for EMP

budget

Page No. 119

xi

i

Action plan for post-project

environmental monitoring shall be

submitted.

A well-equipped laboratory with

consumable items will be provided

for monitoring of important

environmental parameters.

Alternatively, monitoring can be

outsourced from MoEF/NABL

recognized laboratory

Please refer Section

6.3 of Chapter 6

Page no. 143

xi

ii

Onsite and Offsite Disaster (natural

and Man-made) Preparedness and

Emergency Management Plan

including Risk Assessment and

damage control. Disaster

management plan should be linked

with District Disaster Management

Plan.

Onsite and Offsite Disaster (natural

and Man-made) Preparedness and

Emergency Management Plan

including Risk Assessment and

damage control incorporated


7.11 of Chapter 7

Page no. 196

8 Occupational health

i Plan and fund allocation to ensure the

occupational health & safety of all

contract and casual workers

Total EMP Cost during operation

phase is 37.2 Lakh. From which 0.4

Lac. for Occupational Health

Refer Table 61 of

Chapter 6 for EMP

budget

Page No. 119

ii Details of exposure specific health

status evaluation of worker. If the

workers' health is being evaluated by

The exposure specific health status

for the workers will be carried out,

NA





~ 17 ~

pre designed format, chest x rays,

Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision

testing (Far & Near vision, colour

vision and any other ocular defect)

ECG, during pre-placement and

periodical examinations give the

details of the same. Details regarding

last month analyzed data of above

mentioned parameters as per age, sex,

duration of exposure and department

wise.

ones the project starts its

manufacturing.

iii Details of existing Occupational &

Safety Hazards. What are the

exposure levels of hazards and

whether they are within Permissible

Exposure level (PEL). If these are not

within PEL, what measures the

company has adopted to keep them

within PEL so that health of the

workers can be preserved.

Exposure Level of hazards are under

Permissible Exposure Level. Hence,

Not Applicable

NA

iv Annual report of health status of

workers with special reference to

Occupational Health and Safety.

Will be complied as the plant comes

in operation.

NA

9 Corporate Environment Policy 9

i Does the company have a well laid

down Environment Policy approved

by its Board of Directors? If so, it may

be detailed in the EIA report.

Yes, the company have a well laid

down Environment Policy approved

by its Board of Directors.


Chapter 10

Page No. 222

ii Does the Environment Policy

prescribe for standard operating

process / procedures to bring into

focus any infringement / deviation /

violation of the environmental or

forest norms / conditions? If so, it

may be detailed in the EIA.

Overall conservation of

environment.

Minimization of waste generation

and pollution.

Judicious use of natural resources

and water.

Safety, welfare and good health of

the work force and populace.

Ensure effective operation of all

control measures.

Vigilance against probable disasters

and accidents.

Monitoring of cumulative and long-

time impacts.

Ensure effective operation of all

control measures.


Chapter 10

Page No. 222





~ 18 ~

iii What is the hierarchical system or

Administrative order of the company

to deal with the environmental issues

and for ensuring compliance with the

environmental clearance conditions?

Details of this system may be given.

For performing all the environmental

management activities and operating

environmental management systems

efficiently, unit has established

Environmental Management Cell

governed by director


Chapter 10

Page No. 222

iv Does the company have system of

reporting of non-compliances /

violations of environmental norms to

the Board of Directors of the

company and / or shareholders or

stakeholders at large? This reporting

mechanism shall be detailed in the

EIA report

Unit has prepared environment policy

duly approved by directors

prescribing standard operating

procedures to bring into focus any

deviation/violation of environmental

or forest norms/conditions. This

policy will display at various

prominent places in the premises and

all the employees will be educated

about the same.


Chapter 10

Page No. 223

1

0

Details regarding infrastructure

facilities such as sanitation, fuel,

restroom etc. to be provided to the

labor force during construction as

well as to the casual workers

including truck drivers during

Operation phase.

The company will provide basic

infrastructure for sanitation system,

fuel storage and handling system, rest

room for labours and drivers during

construction and operation phase to

maintain surrounding environment.


Chapter 4

Page No.149

1

1

Enterprise Social Commitment

(ESC):

11

I Adequate funds (at least 2.5 % of the

project cost) shall be earmarked

towards the Enterprise Social

Commitment based on Public

Hearing issues and item-wise details

along with time bound action plan

shall be included. Socio economic

development activities need to be

elaborated upon.

Industry will provide 2.5 % of the

proposed project cost (i.e.

159.4Lakh) towards the Corporate

Environment Responsibility. Socio-

economic development activities will

be planned based on the suggestions

given by public as well as general

necessities in villages

Refer Section 10.16

of Chapter 10

Page No.231

1

2

Any litigation pending against the

project and/or any direction/order

passed by any Court of Law against

the project, if so, details thereof shall

also be included. Has the unit

received any notice under the Section

5 of Environment (Protection) Act,

1986 or relevant Sections of Air and

Water Acts? If so, details thereof and

compliance/ATR to the notice(s) and

present status of the case.

No litigation pending from the court

case

NA

1

3

'A tabular chart with index for point

wise compliance of above TOR.

Complied Complied

SPECIFIC TERMS OF REFERENCE





~ 19 ~

1 Details on solvents to be used,

measures for solvent recovery and for

emissions control.

In the manufacturing of laminated

sheets, Methanol is used as a solvent

which helps to let down the viscosity

of resins so, that resins can be applied

uniformly on the surface of the sheet.


2.7.1 of Chapter 2

Page No. 52

2 Details of process emissions from the

proposed unit and its arrangement to

control.

NA NA

3 Ambient air quality data should

include VOC, other process-specific

pollutants* like NH3*, chlorine*,

HCl*, HBr*, H2S*, HF*,etc.,(*-as

applicable)

Monitoring of HCL, HF, Hbr,

Chlorine, H2S,HF and VOC were

performed.


Chapter 3

Page 76

4 Work zone monitoring arrangements

for hazardous chemicals.

The workplace monitoring will be

done as per Gujarat factories rules

once in three months


10.13 of Chapter 10

Page no. 230

5 Detailed effluent treatment scheme

including segregation of effluent

streams for units adopting 'Zero'

liquid discharge.

-- Refer Section 2.10.1

of Chapter 2 for

Effluent Generation

source, treatment &

Management

Page No. 56

for ETP flow chart

Page No. 57

6 Action plan for odour control to be

submitted.

To control odour in an open area, a

typical atomizer can be installed

which decreases the ground level

concentration below threshold value.

Refer chapter 10

section 10.4.1 page

no 220.

7 A copy of the Memorandum of

Understanding signed with cement

manufacturers indicating clearly that

they co-process organic

solid/hazardous waste generated.

The unit will do MoU with cement

manufacturers for the disposal of co-

processing waste.

NA

8 Authorization/ Membership for the

disposal of liquid effluent in CETP

and solid/hazardous waste in TSDF,

if any.

Being a zero-liquid discharge, no

membership of CETP.

Unit will obtain necessary

membership for disposal of

hazardous wastes. Company will

obtain membership after EC is

granted.

Company will obtain

membership after EC

is granted

9 Action plan for utilization of

MEE/dryers salts.

The proposed ETP Sludge as well as

Evaporation Residue will be disposed

off at approved TSDF

site/Coprocessing. Used Oil will be

sold to registered recycler. Discarded

Plastic Bags/Drums will be sold to

authorized vendor.

Refer Chapter 10,

Section 10.10, Page

no 224





~ 20 ~

10 Material Safety Data Sheet for all the

Chemicals are being used/will be

used.

Please refer Annexure – 7 Material

Safety Data Sheets.

Please refer

Annexure 7 Material

Safety Data Sheets.

11 Authorization/Membership for the

disposal of solid/hazardous waste in

TSDF.

Unit will obtain necessary

membership for disposal of

hazardous wastes after EC is granted.

12 Details of incinerator if to be

installed.

NA NA

13 Risk assessment for storage and

handling of hazardous

chemicals/solvents. Action plan for

handling & safety system to be

incorporated.

QRA study will include the

following task:

Hazard Identification

Failure Scenario

Consequence Analysis

Dispersion Modelling

Risk Assessment

Evaluation of risk reduction options

and risk management plan.


7

Page No. 126

14 Arrangements for ensuring health and

safety of workers engaged in

handling of toxic materials.

Company committed to achieving

environmental, health & safety (EHS)

excellence. This is a responsibility of

management & employer in all

function. Company will strive to

provide a safe and healthy working

environment & the community in

which we do business.


10.6

Page No. 222





~ 21 ~

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY





~ 22 ~

Project Description

M/s. Maruti Mica is proposing their unit manufacturing capacity of Phenol Formaldehyde Resin,

Melamine Formaldehyde Resin, Urea Formaldehyde Resin, Cardanol Phenol Formaldehyde Resin

which falls under Category A 5(f) as stated in Environment Impact Assessment Notification Published

on 14th September, 2006 & unit located at Survey no. 88, plot no.7, Hadamtala Industrial Zone, Gondal

Highway, B/h. Santosh Petrol Pump, Ta. Kotda Sangani, Dist. Rajkot, Gujarat, India.

M/s. Maruti Mica has obtained CTO from Gujarat Pollution Control Board (GPCB) for manufacturing

of laminated sheets using readymade resins.

LIST OF PRODUCTS WITH CAPACITIES

Sr. No. Name of the product CAS Number Production Qty.

MT/Month

1 Urea Formaldehyde Resin 9011-05-6 350

2 Melamine Formaldehyde Resin 9003-08-1 60

3 Cardanol Phenol Formaldehyde Resin 37330-39-5 150

4 Phenol Formaldehyde Resin 9003-35-4 150

Total Production Capacity of Proposed Products 710

5

Laminated Sheet

(As per CTO obtained from Gujarat Pollution Control Board) CTO

No. AWH-30545,Valid Up to 31/03/2023

855 MT/Month

Resource Requirement The resource requirements of the proposed project are as below:

Resource

Type Requirement Source

Land 10410 m2

Survey no. 88, plot no.7, Hadamtala Industrial Zone,

Gondal Highway, B/h. Santosh Petrol Pump, Ta.

Kotda Sangani Dist. Rajkot, Gujarat, India

Building 2600 m2

Building includes Production Area, Material

Storage and Utilities.Local contractor and workers

will be appointed for the construction work.

Raw- materials

Raw materials like Urea,

Formaldehyde, Acetic

acid, Melamine, Phenol,

Cardanol, Caustic soda etc;

will require for

manufacturing.

Mostly all raw materials are available in local

market, sowill be purchased from local market.





~ 23 ~

Resource Type Requirement Source

Water

requirement

Domestic- 5.0 KLD

Gardening -7.0KLD

Industrial -29 KLD

Necessary water requirement will be fulfilled from

personal bore well.

Power

requirement 100 KVA PGVCL(Paschim Gujarat Vij Company Ltd.)

Fuel

requirement

White Coal/ Briquettes/

Agro waste

10 MT/Day

Local trader.

Pollution Potential and Mitigation measures

The summarized statement for proposed pollution load is provided in the following table.

Wastewater

Generation Remarks/Mitigation

Wastewater

Domestic:4.0 KLD The domestic wastewater at 4.0 KL/day disposed through septic tank/ soak

pit.

Industrial: 11.6KLD

Industrial wastewater will be generated from Boiler, Cooling tower, Process

& washing. Wastewater will be collect in Collection tank. Then, wastewater

will be treated in ETP having primary and tertiary treatment units. After

treatment treated water will be evaporated into Evaporator followed by

condenser.

Air Emission

Flue Gas Emission

Boiler (3 Tonne)

White Coal/ Briquettes/ Agro waste will be used as 10 MT/day and LDO

50L/hr.

Cyclone separator, Dust Collector /Hood Cover will be installed as Air

Pollution Control Measures.

Fly Ash Emission: To control this, Fly Ash Dust Suppression method will

be implemented

Process Gas Emission

Reactors There is no process gas emission from manufacturing process.

Hazardous Waste

Used oil (cat. 5.1) –

10-15 L/Annum

Collection, Storage and used within premises as a lubricant / sold to

registered recycler.

DiscardedBarrels/

containers/ liners

used for hazardous

waste(cat. 33.1)–6

MT/Annum

Collection, Storage & sold to authorized vendor





~ 24 ~

ETP Sludge (cat.

35.3) – 20

MT/Annum

Collection, Storage, Disposal at Approved TSDF Site

Edge Cutting

Waste(Cat.23.1- 12

MT/Annum)

Collection, Storage & send to common incinearion facility/ co prosessing

Noise

Inside the plant: <75

dB(A)

Noise will be generated due to the operation of D.G. set in the proposed

project. However, D.G. set will be kept as standby and no other source of

noise and vibration will be generated from the manufacturing activity except

plant machineries.Latest technology based low noise D.G. set with acoustic

enclosures will be installed.Regular maintenance will be carried out.

Baseline Environmental Status

Environmental

Parameter Details

Physiography

Rajkot district is situated in the central part of Saurashtra peninsula. The

topography is mainly rugged and undulating because of the underlying

sandstone formations.

Meteorology

Temperature: ranging from 12°C in winter to 44°C in summer.

Rainfall: annual rainfall is around 590 mm

Winds are generally high to moderate in summer and the monsoon season.

Ambient AirQuality

Ambient air quality has been monitored at 10 locations in 10 km radial

periphery for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NO2& VOC

Range of values recorded in the study area during

March 2019 to May 2019;

PM10 = 51.49 -94.1 μg/m3,

PM2.5 = 22.6 -40.5 μg/m3,

SO2 = 5.79 -10.4 μg/m3,

NO2 = 10.2-20.2 μg/m3,

VOC = B.D.L

1th March to 20th March 2020;

PM10 = 52.8 -95.8 μg/m3,

PM2.5 = 20.1 -38.9.4 μg/m3,

SO2 = 5.9 -12.4 μg/m3,

NO2 = 10.2-19.9 μg/m3,

VOC = B.D.L

Noise Level

Range of recorded value during study period

March 2019 to May 2019;

Day time: Leq range – 42.5 – 64.3 dB(A)

Night time: Leq range –46.1- 64.2 dB(A)

1th March to 20th March 2020;

Day time: Leq range – 45.9 –62.8 dB(A)





~ 25 ~

Environmental

Parameter Details

Night time: Leq range – 33.4- 58.3 dB(A)

WaterResources

&Quality

08 groundwater samples have been drawn within the study area and 5 surface

water samples have been drawn within the study area.

Ground water qualities and Surface water qualities in terms of various

essential and desirable characteristics are found within the limits specified

by IS 10500:2012.

Land use/

LandCover pattern.

The land use in the immediate vicinity consists of presence of several

industries, Waste land followed by Crop land and water bodies.

The satellite imagery indicates major portion of the land-use in the 10 km

radial periphery covered by Agricultural land 74.98%, followed by Open

scrub land 10.35%. The Settlement is observed in 1.49%.

EcologicalLayout

No significant wild life habitat is reported. There is no National Park within

10 km of the study area.

No endangered species of flora & fauna are observed or recorded in the study

area.

Conclusion This proposed plant is for manufacturing of synthetic resin adhesives within plant premises.The

wastewater will be generated from operation of boiler and cooling tower with low pollution potential.

The utility will be operated with proper Air Pollution Control Measure. There will be no process gas

emission. The Hazardous waste will be stored separately and disposed in proper manner. From the

overall study and evaluation of impacts, it can be concluded that the overall negative impact from

various activities on different environmental parameters can be reduced with proper EMP at place.

Even the negative impacts can be converted into positive beneficial impact with proper and timely

implementation of EMP. Hence project can be considered environmentally safe & fit.





~ 26 ~

1 CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION AND BACKGROUND





~ 27 ~

1.1 Purpose of the Study

M/s. Maruti Mica has obtained Consent to Operate (CTO) number (AWH-30545; date of issue;

11/07/2018) from Gujarat Pollution Control Board (GPCB) for manufacturing of laminated sheets

(Quantity-855 mt/month) using ready made resins at Survey no.88, Plot no. 7, Hadamtala Industrial

Zone, Gondal Highway, B/h. Santosh Petrol Pump, Tal. Kotda Sangani, Dist. Rajkot, Gujarat, India.

The proposed products like Melamine Formaldehyde Resin, Phenol Formaldehyde Resin, Urea

Formaldehyde Resins &Cardanol Phenol Formaldehyde Resins fall under Category A-5(f) as stated in

Environment Impact Assessment Notification Published on 14th September, 2006. Hence, the proposed

project will have to obtain Environmental Clearance from EAC, MoEF&CC.

The purpose of the preparation of Environment impact Assessment (EIA) report is to understand the

likely impacts of the proposed project and to take Environment Protection/Management measures

during and after commissioning of the project and to comply with the ToR prescribed by EAC,

MoEF&CC vide letter No. IA-J-11011/38/2019-IA-II (I), dated 5 March 2019.

M/s. Maruti Mica has retained the services of Green Circle, Inc., Vadodara to undertake Environmental

Impact Assessment (EIA) studies for assessing the impact of the proposed project, industrial

development project, on various environmental parameters in the study area and prepare an

Environment Management Plan to mitigate the adverse impacts of the proposed project.

1.2 Identification of project & project proponent

Identification of project

M/s. Maruti Mica will be proposed to manufacture of Phenol Formaldehyde Resin,Melamine

Formaldehyde Resin,Urea Formaldehyde Resin, Cardanol Phenol Formaldehyde Resin and Laminated

Sheets at Survey no.88, Plot no. 7, Hadamtala Industrial Zone, Gondal Highway, B/h. Santosh Petrol

Pump, Tal. Kotda Sangani, Dist. Rajkot, Gujarat, India.

Presently total 4 products are proposed with production capacity of 710 MT/M. The total area proposed

for the project is 10410 sq.m.

Project Proponent

The details of the Promoters are given as below:

Sr. No. Name of the Partner

1. Mrs.Hetalben Mahendra bhai Sardhara

2. Mrs. Urmilaben Hiteshbhai Sardhara

3. Mr.Rajeshbhai Vithalbhai Sardhara

4. Mr.Arvindbhai Jagabhai Meghani

1.3 Brief description of nature, size, location of the project and its importance to the

country, region

Location of Project Site

The proposed project is to be located at Survey no.88, Plot no. 7, Hadamtala Industrial Zone, Gondal

Highway, B/h. Santosh Petrol Pump, Tal. Kotda Sangani, Dist. Rajkot, Gujarat, India is situated at

Latitude: 22° 4.208'N Longitude: 70° 47.301'E. Nearest major town Gondal which is 12.02 km far from

the project site in South direction.





~ 28 ~

Table 1: Project Site Cordinates

Point Latitude Longitude

Project Site 22° 4’.208”N 70° 47.301”E

A. 22°4’.13.31”N 70°47.16.27”E

B. 22°4’11.61”N 70° 47’16.36”E

C. 22° 4’11.95”N 70° 47’22.65”E

D. 22° 4’13.55”N 70° 47’22.37”E

Figure 1: Project Location Map

Importance to the Country and its benefits

The products like these Resins (Urea Formaldehyde Resin, Melamine Formaldehyde Resin, Cardanol

Phenol Formaldehyde Resin and Phenol Formaldehyde Resin) are mainly used to manufacture

Laminated Sheets. The project will enhance India’s potential of supplying synthetic organic resin

leading to set up of India’s position in global market and strengthening of Indian economy.

From the very initial stage of the inception of the project, infrastructure development in and around the

project site has kept in consideration. Infrastructure development will be done based on actual

requirement socio economic development of the region. The infrastructure development will be rolled

out as part of company’s CER activity.

The proposed project will help us in creating the employment opportunities in the region which would

ultimately help in the economically strengthening of the local people and hence would be responsible

for the development of the nearby local region and enhancement in the living standard of the local

people.

1.4 Scope and Methodology of the study





~ 29 ~

The EIA study includes determination of baseline conditions, assessment of the Impacts on the

environment due to the construction and operation of the project and making recommendations on the

preventive measures to be taken, to minimize the impact on the environment to acceptable levels. A

suitable post-study monitoring program will be outlined. Environment Management Plan will be given

based on the emissions and feasibility report. As per the guidelines, the generic structure of EIA is

considered as mentioned in EIA notification dated 14th September, 2006. The scope of study based on

MoEF&CC/CPCB guidelines is tabulated below:

Figure 2: Methodology of EIA Study





~ 30 ~

Table 2: Scope of Study

Environmental

Aspects

No. of

Locations Observations

Meteorology -

One season site specific meteorological status of the study

was carried out for prediction of ground level concentration

in All the direction (Up Wind, Down Wind & Cross Wind).

Ambient Air

Quality 08

The prevailing ambient air quality status was established

through a network of stations monitored during the period

of March - 2019 to May - 2019. The ambient air quality

monitoring as per the parameters prescribed in TOR was

carried out within the study area of 10 km. Prediction of

impacts on air quality due to proposed operations were

carried out through application of air quality models.

Water Surface Water:05

Ground Water:08

The water quality data with respect to physicochemical,

biological parameters and heavy metals were analyzed to

established baseline water quality of study area of 10 km.

The wastewater generation, its characterization and

management were carried out which was used in assessing

the impact of the project on water environment.

Noise 08

Noise level measurements were carried out around the

project site, data were also analyzed for establishing

baseline status of noise and it was used in assessing the

impact of the project on noise & vibration environment.

Soil 08

Soil samples were collected and have been analyzed to

understand nutrient status as well as assessing the impact of

the project on soil environment.

Ecology --

Flora and fauna species was listed based on the available

secondary information. Study of flora and fauna was carried

out within 10 km radius around the proposed project.

Geology &

Geohydrology --

Geological and Geo-hydrological investigation work has

been carried out in and around the study area to know the

status of the study area.

Risk and Hazard

Analysis --

Risk Assessment study has been carried out to evaluate risk,

assess its impact associated to the proposed project activity

and plan the appropriate action to control risk by the most

economical means.

Socio-economic

data --

Existing baseline status of the socio-economic profile of the

study area with reference to demographic structure,

provision of basic amenities, health status incorporating

economic pattern in the nearby rural areas (10 km radius)

were undertaken, it was used in assessing the impact of the

project on socio-economic environment.

1.5 Regulatory Framework

The proposed project will abide and function under the purview of the following Rules, Acts &

Regulations which are formulated by the government to protect environment and maintain good

environmental conditions.

Table 3: Regulatory Framework

Sr. No. Legal Instrument (Type, Ref.,

Year)

Concern Authority or

Bodies Applicability

1 Air (Prevention and Control of

Pollution) Act, 1981 and its

subsequent amendments

CPCB and SPCB Air emission from stack

attached to Boiler, TFH &

D.G. set Process Gas





~ 31 ~

Sr. No. Legal Instrument (Type, Ref.,

Year)

Concern Authority or

Bodies Applicability

Emission from

Laminated Sheet Dryer

2 Water (Prevention and Control of

Pollution) Act, 1974 and its


CPCB and SPCB Wastewater generation

from industrial activities

as well as from domestic

activities.

3 Water (Prevention and Control of

Pollution) Rules, 1975 and its


CPCB and SPCB Wastewater generation

from industrial activities

as well as from domestic

activities.

4 The Environment (Protection) Act,

1986 & Environmental (Protection)

Rules, 1986 and their subsequent

amendments

Ministry of Environment and

Forests, & Climate Change

(MoEF&CC), CPCB and

SPCB.

Production of Synthetic

Organic Chemicals

(Resins)

5 Hazardous and Other Wastes

(Management and Trans boundary

Movement) Rules, 2016

MoEF&CC, CPCB, SPCB

DGFT, Port Authority and

Customs Authority

Generation of Solid &

Hazardous Wastes from

industrial activities.

6 Manufacture Storage and Import of

Hazardous Chemicals Rules, 1989

amended 2000

MoEF&CC, Chief

Controller of Imports and

Exports, CPCB, SPCB,

Chief Inspector of Factories,

Chief, AERB, Chief

Controller of Explosives,

District Collector or District

Emergency Authority, CEES

under DRDO

Storage of hazardous

chemicals within the

plant premises.

7 Chemical Accidents (Emergency

Planning, Preparedness and

Response) Rules, 1996

Ministry of Environment,

Forests & Climate Change,

Chief Controller of Imports

and Exports, CPCB, SPCB/

Chief Inspector of Factories,

Chief, AERB, Chief

Controller of Explosives,

District Collector or District

Emergency Authority, CEES

under DRDO.


chemicals within the

plant premises.

8 EIA Notification, 2006 and its


MoEF&CC, SPCB Production of Synthetic

Organic Chemicals

(Resins)

9 Public Liability Insurance Act, 1991

amended 1992 & Public Liability

Insurance Rules, 1991 and its


MoEF&CC, District

Collector

Industrial units

manufacturing chemical

products.

10 The Factories Act, 1948 Ministry of Labour,

DGFASLI and Directorate

of Industrial Safety and

Health/Factories

Inspectorate

Industrial units

manufacturing chemical

products

11 The Explosive Act ,1884 Ministry of Commerce and

Industry (Department of

Explosives)

Storage of Methanol (to

be used for viscosity

adjustment of resins)

12 Noise Pollution (Regulation and

Control) Rules, 2000 and its

amendments

CPCB and SPCB Noise may be generated

due to industrial

activities.





~ 32 ~

2 CHAPTER 2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION





~ 33 ~

2.1 Introduction

M/s. Maruti Mica is proposing the manufacturing of Melamine Formaldehyde Resin, Phenol

Formaldehyde Resin, Urea Formaldehyde Resin, and Cardanol Phenol Formaldehyde

Resin.Manufacturing of Cardanol Phenol Formaldehyde Resin, Melamine Formaldehyde Resin, Phenol

Formaldehyde Resin & Urea Formaldehyde Resins are covered under Category 5(f) ‘A’ as per the EIA

Notification, 2006 and its subsequent amendments.

2.2 Need for the Project

The products like these Resins (Urea Formaldehyde Resin, Melamine Formaldehyde Resin, Cardanol

Phenol Formaldehyde Resin and Phenol Formaldehyde Resin) are mainly used to manufacture

Laminated Sheets. Connectivity is easy as the site is situated near Gondal city and situated bwtween

Junagadh and Rajkot City which is more demanding area of lamninated sheets. So, regionally and

nationally it fulfils the requirement of raw material of paints with the ease of transport facility

Based on our informal survey of the market with various traders, we have found that there is a big

potential for the range of the products. Hence, the project proponent is planning for manufacturing of

these products which have big potential in the market.

2.3 Project Location

The proposed project site is located at Survey no.88, Plot no. 7, Hadamtala Industrial Zone, Gondal

Highway, B/h. Santosh Petrol Pump, Tal. Kotda Sangani, Dist. Rajkot, Gujarat, India.

Coordinates of the proposed project site are:

Latitude: 22° 4.208'N

Longitude: 70° 47.301'E

The index map is given in below Figure. Google map showing surrounding area in 2, 5 &10 km radius

from the project site are given as Figure 3.





~ 34 ~

Figure 3: Index Map

Figure 5: Google Map showing 10 km radius from the Project Site

Figure 4: Google Map showing 2, 5, 10 kms of project site





~ 35 ~

Figure 6: Plant Layout

2.4 Size and magnitude of the project

Land Area breakup

Table 4: Area Break Up

Sr. No. Details of Land Total Area (Sq. m.) Percentage (%)

1. Shed Area 1153.96 11.08

2. Office Area 53.18 0.51

3. Labour Room 57.44 0.55

4. WC Area 35.30 0.33

5. Electric Room 43.45 0.41

6. ETP Area 43.18 0.41

7. Parking Area 557.06 5.35

8. Green Belt 3435.3 33

9. Open Area (including unused

land) 4174 + 857.13

48.32

Total 10410 100

Capital Cost of the Proposed Project

The breakup of the Total Capital Cost is given

Table 5 : Capital Cost of Proposed Project

Sr.

No. Particulars

Cost (Rs. in Lakhs)

Proposed

1. Land On Rent

2. Plant & Machineries 150

3. Site Development & Other Assessories 9.4

Total 159.4

It is expected that the project will be completed in approximately 6 months from the date of grant of

EC.





~ 36 ~

List of Nearby Industries

Figure 7 Google map showing the industries near of M/s. Maruti Mica.

2.5 Salient features of the site

Salient features in the surroundings area of the project site as well as infrastructure availability with

approximate aerial distance and direction are as given below:

Table 6 : Environmental Aspects

Sr. No Important Features Description

1 Locations

Survey no. 88, plot no. 7, Hadamtala Industrial Zone,

Gondal Highway,B/h. Santosh Petrol Pump, Tal.Kotda

Sangani, Dist. Rajkot, Gujarat, India

2 GPS Coordinates Latitude: 22° 4.208'N Longitude: 70° 47.301'E

3 Temperature Range 24°C & 42°C

4 Mean Sea Level 139 m

5 Annual Rainfall 590 mm

6 Nearest Railway Station 6.23 Km NNW.Ribada Railway Station

7 Nearest Airport 26.41 km- Rajkot

8 Nearest Town 12.02 km South Gondal

9 Nearest Village 2.32 km NNE, Bharudi

10 Nearest National Highway 0.55 km West, NH 8B

11 National Parks/Sanctuary None within 10 km

Sr. No. Name of Industry Distance

Direction

1. Veer Polyplast 2.4 km NNW

2. Veer Polytech 2.1 km NNW

3. Nikoo Precision Cast Pvt.Ltd 1.4 km NW

4. Fortune Industries 1.3 km NW

5. Samrat Cement & Cement Industries 0.6 km NNW

6. Aum Paper board Industries 2.3 km SSE





~ 37 ~

2.6 Details of Products & Raw Material Consumption

Table 5: Details of Products & Raw Material Consumption

Sr.

No.

Name of the

product

Prduction

Capacity

MTM

Name of the raw

material

Mode of

Transportation

Raw

Material

Quantity

(MTM)

1

Urea Formaldehyde

Resin

350

Urea

Road

140

Formaldehyde (37%) 206.5

Caustic Soda 1.75

Acetic Acid 1.75

2

Melamine

Formaldehyde Resin

60

Melamine

Road

24

Formaldehyde

(conc.37%) 35.7

Caustic Soda 0.3

3

Cardanol Phenol

Formaldehyde Resin

150

Phenol

Road

58

Formaldehyde

(conc.37%) 84.25

Caustic Soda 0.75

Cardanol 14.5

4

Phenol

Formaldehyde Resin

150

Phenol

Road

72.5

Formaldehyde

(conc.37%) 84.25

Caustic Soda 0.75

Non-EC Existing product

1 Laminated Sheets 855 MT/M Kraft paper

Road 50

Design Paper 15

*Cardanol Phenol Formaldehyde & Phenol Formaldehyde contains water from the process.

* Raw Material & Product will be transported by road.

Table 6 Details of Total Raw Material Consumption per month Sr. No. Raw Material Total Consumption (MTM)

1. Urea 140

2. Formaldehyde (conc. 37%) 410.7

3. Acetic acid 1.75

4. Melamine 24

5. Phenol 130.5

6. Caustic Soda 3.55

7. Cardanol 14.5

8. Kraft paper 50

9. Design Paper 15

2.7 Manufacturing Process

Urea Formaldehyde Resin

All the raw materials like Formaldehyde, Caustic Soda, Acetic Acid and Urea will be mixed in a

closed Reaction vessel.

• The mixture will be stirred and heated up to60˚C.





~ 38 ~

• When the temperature reaches 60˚C, stopheating.

• Reflux will be carried out up to 98˚C for 30 minutes.

• Vacuum Distillation will be carried out to remove moisture.

• The mass iscooled.

• Phenol Urea Formaldehyde Resin isready.

Chemical Reaction

Flow Chart:

`Aceticldehyde (1.180MT/

Batch)

Caustic Soda (010MT/Batch)

Urea (0.800MT/Batch

Acetic acid (0.025 T/Batch)

Formaldehyde (2.950

MT/Batch)

Caustic Soda (0.025

MT/Batch)

Urea (2.000 MT/Batch)

Heating and reflux

Cooling

Urea Formaldehyde

Resin (5MT/Batch) Input: 5.00MT/Batch Output: 5.00MT/Batch

Addition and heating





~ 39 ~

Mass Balance:

Batch Size 5MT

Working days 25 per month

No. of batch 70

Batch Time 5hrs

Table 7: Details of Raw Materials for Urea Formaldehyde Resin

Material MT/MT of Product MT/Batch MT/Month

Input

Urea 0.400 2.00 140

Formaldehyde (37%) 0.590 2.95 206.5

Caustic Soda 0.005 0.025 1.75

Acetic Acid 0.005 0.025 1.75

Total 1.00 5.00 350

Output

Urea formaldehyde resin 1.0 5.00 350

Total 1.0 5.00 350

Melamine Formaldehyde Resin

• All the raw materials like Melamine, Formaldehyde and Caustic Soda will be added in the

Limped Reaction vessel.

• The mixture will be stirred and heated up to 95°C.

• Reflux will be carried out 95°C for 30 minutes.

• The mixture will then be cooled.

• Melamine Formaldehyde Resin will be ready.

Chemical Reaction





~ 40 ~

Mass Balance

Table 8 Details of Raw Materials for Melamine Formaldehyde Resin

Material MT/Batch MT/MT of

Product MT/Month

Input

Melamine 0.8 0.400 24

Formaldehyde (37%) 1.19 0.595 35.7

Caustic Soda 0.010 0.005 0.3

Total 2 1 60

Output

Melamine formaldehyde resin 2.00 1 60

Total 2.00 1 60





~ 41 ~

Cardanol Phenol Formaldehyde Resin

• All the raw materials like Formaldehyde, Phenol, Cardanol& Caustic Soda will be added in

Limped Reaction vessel

• The mixture will be stirred and heated up to 60°C.

• When the temperature reaches 60°C, stop heating.

• Reflux will be carried out 98°C for 30 minutes

• Vacuum Distillation is carried out to remove moisture.

• The mixture will then be cooled.

• Cardanol Phenol Formaldehyde Resin is ready.

FLOW CHART

Mass Balance:

Batch Size 2.5 MT


No. of batch 60

Batch Time 5 hrs

Phenol (0.966 MT/Batch)

Caustic Soda (0.0125

MT/Batch)

Cardanol (0.242

MT/Batch)

Formaldehyde (1.405

MT/Batch)

Cardanol Phenol

Formaldehyde

Resin (2.5

MT/Batch)

Input: 2.625 Output: 2.625

Addition & Heating

Heating & Reflux

Cooling





~ 42 ~

Phenol Formaldehyde Resin

• All the raw materials like Phenol, Formaldehyde &Caustic Soda will be mixed in the

Reaction vessel.

• The mixture will be stirred and heated up to60°C.

• When the temperature reaches 60°C, stopheating.

• Reflux will be carried out 98°C for 30minutes.

• Vacuum Distillation is carried out to removemoisture.

• The mixtures will then becooled.

• Phenol Formaldehyde Resin is ready.

Table 9 Details of Raw Materials for Cardanol Phenol Formaldehyde Resin

Material MT/Batch MT/MT of Product MT/Month

Input

Phenol 0.966 0.3864 58

Cardanol 0.242 0.097 14.5

Formaldehyde (37%) 1.405 0.562 84.25

Caustic Soda 0.0125 0.005 0.75

Total 2.625 1.0504 157.5

Output

Cardanol Phenol Formaldehyde 2.5 1 150

Wastewater 0.125 0.0504 7.5

Total 2.625 1.0504 157.5





~ 43 ~

Flowchart:

Phenol (2.417MT/Batch)

)

Mass Balance

Batch Size 5 MT


No. of batch 30

Batch Time 5 hrs

Table 10 Details of Raw Materials for Phenol Formaldehyde Resin

Material MT/Batch MT/MT of Product MT/Month

Input

Phenol 2.417 0.4834 72.5

Formaldehyde (37%) 2.808 0.5616 84.25

Caustic Soda 0.025 0.005 0.75

Total 5.25 1.05 157.5

Output

Phenol formaldehyde resin 5 1 150

Wastewater 0.25 0.05 7.5

Total 5.25 1.05 157.5

Phenol Formaldehyde

Resin (5MT/Batch)

Phenol (2.417MT/Batch)

Formaldehyde (2.808MT/Batch)

Caustic Soda (0.025MT/ Batch)

Input: 5.250MT/Batch Input: 5.250MT/Batch

Addition and heating

Heating 60oC and

Reflux for 30 Minutes

Cooling

Vaccum Distillation Wastewater: 0.250 MT





~ 44 ~

Manufacturing Process of Laminated Sheets

Kraft paper will be impregnated with Phenol or Urea Formaldehyde Resin and will be passed through

the drier machine and storedseparately.

Base paper and overlay tissue will be impregnated with Melamine FormaldehydeResin and will be

passed through the drier machine and stored in A/C room under controlledcondition.

Overlay Tissue, base paper and Kraft will be taken in assembly section for making laminateassembly.

These assemblies will be then kept into individual daylights of multi daylight Hydraulic Press with the

help of loading and unloadingmachines.

The laminated sheet will be trimmed by means of circular saw. Its backside will be roughene by putting

it in sanding machine. This sheet will be then taken for inspection andgradation.

It will be then segregated, wrapped and packed fordispatch.

Process Flow Diagram:

Kraft paper Phenol/Urea

Formaldehyde resin

Design Paper,

Melamine Formaldehyde Resin

Methanol (When Pheonol Methanol condensor

Formaldehyde is used)

Kraft Coating Kraft paper impregnated by

Phenol/Urea Formaldehyde

Resin

Design Paper impregnated by

Melamine Formaldehyde

Resin

Methanol Condensor

Methanol (When Phenol

Formaldehyde is used)

Design Coating

Drying

Cutting

Pressing

Sanding, Gradation &Packing

Finished product: Laminated

sheets

Edge cutting waste





~ 45 ~

Mass Balance

Material MT/MT of Product MT/Batch MT/Month

Input

Kraft paper 0.350 12.3 299.25

Design Paper 0.050 1.5 42.75

Resin 0.600 20.1 513

Methanol 0.111 4.1 94.905

Total 1.111 38 950

Output

Laminate sheet 1.00 34.2 855

Edge cutting waste 0.001 0.038 0.95

Methanol vapour 0.092 3.082 77.05

Drying loss 0.018 0.68 17

Total 1.111 38 950

Solvent Requirement & Recovery System

In the manufacturing of laminated sheets, Methanol is used as a solvent which helps to let down

the viscosity of resins, so that resins can be applied uniformly on the surface of the sheet.

During the drying process of laminated sheets this Methanol is likely to liberate as a vapor, this

methanol vapor is collected by hood attached with dryer.

Hence, the exhaust of the dryer is connected to the condenser, where cool water is circulated

continuously to condense the Methanol vapor, thus Methanol will be 90% recovered.

Methanol Holding Tank

Water Outlet

Water Inlet Methanol

Receiver

Dryer

Condensor

Figure 8: Methanol Recovery Sysytem





~ 46 ~

2.8 Raw Materials Requirement with Storage and Transportation Details

Mostly all raw materials are available in local market, thus will be purchased from local market. The

convenient transportation medium will be used for the transportation of raw materials. Storage detail of

raw materials and products are given below;

Table 11: Details of Raw Material Storage

Sr. No. Raw material Max. Storage

Capacity Physical state Type of storage

1. Melamine 6 MT Solid HDPE Bags

2. Urea 35 MT Solid HDPE Bags

3. Phenol 10 MT Liquid MS Tank

4. Formaldehyde (37%) 10 MT Liquid MS/HDPE Tank

5. Methanol 6 MT Liquid MS Tank

6. Caustic Soda 1 MT Solid HDPE Bags

7. Cardanol 4 MT Liquid HDPE Barrels

8. Acetic Acid 0.43 MT Liquid HDPE tank

9. KraftPaper 12 MT Solid -

10. Design Paper 4 MT Solid

2.9 Requirement of Resources;

There are requirement of resources like water, power, fuel, manpower, plant & machineries, utilities

etc.

Electricity/Power

The source of Electricity is Paschim Gujarat Vij Company Ltd. PGVCL.The power demand for the

manufacturing activity 100 KVA.

Table 12: Details of Power Consumption Sr. No. Source Total

1. PGVCL 100 KVA

2. D.G Set (Stand By) 1 No. x 100 KVA

Water

For the proposed project, water will be required for domestic activities, greenbelt development and

industrial operations. Total water requirement will be 41 KLD which will be fulfilled from Bore well.

Table 13: Water Balance

Sr. No. Type of Activity Water Requirement, KLD Wastewater Generation, KLD

1 Domestic 5.0 4.0

2 Gardening 7.0 0.0

3 Industrial 29 -

a RO plant 28 7

a Process 0.0 0.6

Permeate

21

(9 KLD ETP treated will be used

in addition to 21 KLD)

-





~ 47 ~

b Cooling (From RO

Permeate) 20.0 2

c Washing 1.0 1.0

d Boiler (From RO Permeate) 10.0 1

Total Industrial 38 11.6

Total (1+2+3) 41 15.6

Water Balance

Domestic Wastewater: Total 4 KLD domestic will be generated which will be disposed in soak

pit/septic tank.

Industrial Wastewater: Total 11.6 KLD will be generated from industrial wastewater.

Table 14 Characteristics of Effluent

Source Effluent from process

& washing Effluent from utilities RO Reject

Quantity 1.6 3 7

Characteristics

pH 6-7

TSS 50-55 mg/L

TDS 2500-3000 mg/L

COD 220-240 mg/L

pH 6.5-7.5

TSS 70-80 mg/L

TDS 2000-2500 mg/L

COD 40-50 mg/L

pH 6-7

TSS 35-40 mg/L

TDS 4000-5000 mg/L

COD 30-35 mg/L

Figure 9 Water Balance Diagram





~ 48 ~

Fuel

Fuel is required for Boiler and D. G. Set (Stand-by). White Coal/ Briquettes/ Agro waste will be used

in Boiler & High-Speed Diesel (HSD) will be utilized for D. G. Set. Fuel is purchased from local trader.

Details of fuel requirement are given below; Table 15 Fuel Consumption Details

Sr.No. Description Fuel type Total

1. Boiler (3 tonnes) White coal,

Briqquetes, Agro waste, 10MT/Day

2. D.G Set (Stand By) HSD 100 L/hr

Manpower

Total manpower requirement will be 18 persons, skilled & unskilled, during the operation and

maintenance phase of the project. Preference is given to the local people from nearby villages based on

their skills as well as our requirements. However, the same will be utilized according to the requirements

and type of their work activities. Details of manpower are given in Table below.Some manpower would

be required during construction phase on contract base (approx. 6) and other manpower will be required

on permanent base (approx.12) for handling the manufacturing process of Synthetic Resins Adhesives.

Table 16 Details of Manpower

Plant Machineries & Utilities

List of plant machineries required for the proposed project is given in Table. The actual requirements

of utilities and machineries & equipment are not limited to the list given below as some additional minor

requirements can also be cited depending up on necessity noticed during installation & operations.

Table 17: Details of Plant Machineries Sr. No. Description Capacity/Size Quantity

1. Reaction Vessels 10 Ton 3

2. Storage Tanks 3 Ton 4

3. Hydraulic Press 1 Ton 1

4. Dryer - 3

5. Boiler 3 Ton 1

6.

Reactors

10 Ton

3 3 Ton

1 Ton

For the production of Synthetic Adhesive Resins, Total 3 Reactors will be required (10MT, 3MT, 1MT).

Total Production is of 710 MTM including Urea Formaldehyde Resins, Phenol Formaldehyde Resins,

Cardanol Phenol Formaldehyde Resins, and Melamine Formaldhyde Resins. These products will be

No. of Employees Existing Proposed

Particulars Skilled Unskilled Skilled Unskilled

Male 2 2 4 6

Female 3 1 5 3

Total 8 18





~ 49 ~

manufactured on different days and different timeperiod. Per day production will be approx. 20MT

which will be fulfilled by 3 reactors as mentioned above.

2.10 Potential and Proposed Control Measures

There are possibilities of pollution from the proposed project due to domestic & industrial wastewater

generation & disposal, gaseous emission from process, flue gas emission from utilities, fugitive

emission, noise and hazardous waste generation & disposal. The said probable pollutions are described

below under respective heading with necessary details and mitigation measures.

Wastewater Treatment

A Details of Effluent Treatment Plant

Wastewater will be generated from process, Boiler & Cooling tower blow-down, Washing & R.O.

Reject.

Washing water & Process effluent will be collected in collection cum neutralization tank.

Then, wastewater will be given primary treatment in primary settling tank.

After completion of primary treatment, wastewater will be taken to filter press for chemical

sludge separation.

Dried sludge will be stored in bags and ultimately disposed of at TSDF Site.

Chemically treated process and washing water will be mixed with cooling tower blow down,

boiler blow down& RO Reject in holding tank.

Then, it will be send to two stage MEE plant. From that condensate water will be reuse.

Bottom sludge from evaporator will be handled with ETP sludge.

Thus, unit will maintain Zero Effluent Discharge.

Details of Sewage Treatment

Domestic sewage (quantity:4KLD) will be discharged into Septic Tank/Soak Pit System.

Table 18 Details of ETP Units

Name of Units Volume (m3) No. of Unit

Collection cum Neutralization tank 2.0 2

Primary Settling Tank 2.0 1

Filter press 0.2 m3/hr. 1

Holding Tank 15 m3/hr. 1

R.O. 2 Plant 2 m3/hr. 1

MEE(Multiple Effect Evaporator) Followed by condenser 2 m3/hr. 1

Technical details of MEE (Multiple Effect Evaporator) :

Particulars. Volume (liters)

Capacity 2000 Liters/hr. (2 m3/hr.)

Quantity of Effluent to beevaporated 12320 Liters/Day

Working Hours 6-8 hrs

Energy Requirement 500000 Kcal./Hr.





~ 50 ~

Schematic Flow Diagram of Effluent Treatment Plant

Air Pollution

In this proposed project, flue gas emission will be the main source of air pollution. There will be chances

of fugitive emission due to raw material handling and transportation and manufacturing activity.

Process Emission: There is no process emission. Precaution measures are as follow,

The solvent management will be thorighc following approach:

(a) Reactor shall be connected to a chilled brine condenser system.

(b) Reactor and solvent handling pump shall have mechanical seals to prevent leakages.

(c) The condensers shall be provided with sufficient HTA and residence time so as to achieve more

than 90% recovery.

(d) Solvents shall be stored in a separate space specified with all safety measures.

(e) Proper earthing shall be provided in all the electrical equipment wherever solvent handling is

done.

(f) Entire plant shall be flame proof. The solvent storage tanks shall be provided with breather valve

to prevent losses.

(g) All the solvent storage tanks shall be connected with vent condensers with chilled brine

circulation.

Flue Gas Emission: Gaseous emissions & DG Set are anticipated. Coal shall be used as fuel. The other

gaseous emission from the proposed project is the flue gas emission from the stack attached to D. G.

Set. HSD will be used as fuel for D. G. Set. However, the D. G. Set shall be used during emergency

purposes only.





~ 51 ~

Table 19 Details of Flue Gas Stacks

Sr.

No.

Stacks

attached to Capacity

Fuel & its

requirement

Stack

Height

(m)

Stack Dia.

(m) APCM Pollutants

1. Boiler 3 tonne

White Coal/

Briquettes/

Agro waste

[10 MT/day]

30 0.5

Multi

Cyclone

separator

followed

by Bag

Filter

PM<150m

g/Nm3

SO2 <100

ppm NOX

<50ppm

2. D.G Set

(Stand By) 100 KVA

LDO/HSD

(100 L/Hr.) 6 0.1

Adeqeate

Stack

Hight

Details regarding Hazardous Chemicals used during Production

According to

Hazardous

Chemicals rules Hazardouus Chemicals

Maximum

Storage at a time

(MT)

Threshold limit

(MT) as per

Hazardous

Chemicals rules

Type of

Storage

285. Formaldehyde

(Conc. < 90%)

10 50 MS/HDPE

Tank

2. Acetic acid 0.4 - HDPE Tank

481. Phenol 10 - MS Tank

Solid/Hazardous Waste

The details of hazardous waste generation and handling / management are given in Table below. Unit

has provided storage area for hazardous wastes having roof, pucca flooring with leachate collection

system. Leachate, if any is collected and treated in effluent treatment plant. Unit has taken membership

of TSDF site of proposed project.

Table 20 Hazardous Waste Details

Noise & Vibration

There is no identified source of noise and vibration from the manufacturing activity except plant

machineries. However, unit will take following adequate precautionary measures for noise and vibration

control;

Sr. No. Particulars Category Total Qty. Management

1.

ETP

Sludge/Evaporatoin

Residue

35.3 20 MT/Annum

Collection, Storage,

Disposal at Approved TSDF

Site / co - prosessing

2. Used Oil 5.1 10-15 LP/Annum

Collection, Storage and

used within premises as a

lubricant / sold to registered

recycler/ co prosessing

3. Discarded containers

/Barrels 33.1 6 MT/Annum

Collection, Storage & sold

to authorized vendor

4. Edge cutting waste 23.1 12 MT/Annum

Collection, Storage & send

to common incinearion

facility/ co prosessing





~ 52 ~

All the vibrating parts will be checked periodically and serviced to reduce the noise generation. The

equipment, which generates excessive noise, will be provided with enclosures.

Proper and timely oiling, lubrication and preventive maintenance is carried out for the machineries

and equipments to reduce noise generation.

Ear muffs/ earplugs will also be provided to the workers if working under high noise area to minimize

the adverse effect on the health.

To reduce the noise generation during the transportation activities; the transport contractor will be

instructed to keep vehicle periodically serviced and maintained as per the requirement of latest trend in

automobile industry. Only those vehicles with PUC’s will be allowed for the transportation.

The transport contractor will also be informed to avoid unnecessary speeding of vehicles inside the

premises.

Noise monitoring will be done regularly at prominent places in the plant.

2.11 Assessment of New and Untested Technology

The unit will adopt latest and best technology available so far in the market for the manufacturing of

proposed products to achieve maximum yield with minimum pollution generation and fugitive

emission. The unit is very concerned and conscious about the product quality and equally about the

environmental protection & resource conservation. Hence, unit will put continuous efforts for replacing

/ upgrading plant and machineries from time to time with the best available technology.





~ 53 ~

3 CHAPTER 3 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT





~ 54 ~

3.1 Introduction

The baseline environmental qualities of various environmental components like air, noise, water, land,

flora and fauna and socio-economic form an important and integral part of an EIA study. The baseline

data forms the basis for predicting/assessing the environmental impacts of the proposed project. The

baseline environmental quality is assessed through field surveys within the impact zone as well as the

secondary data for various components of the environment, viz., air, noise, water, and land and socio-

economic.

The proposed project is at the intersection of 22˚4’.208”N and 70˚.47.301”E.The report presents the

data collected during the sampling period of three months during pre-monsoon season from March’19

to May’19. The one-month monitoring data was done from 1th March to 20th March 2020 and

suspended due to lockdown. Various environmental components were monitored and samples were

analysed.

The baseline quality of various components of the environment viz., air, noise, water, land, biology,

meteorological and socio- economic was assessed within the impact zone of about 10 km around the

proposed site. Secondary data has also been incorporated from authentic sources viz., Government/Non-

Governmental Agencies, Universities, Indian Meteorological Department (IMD), Ground Water Board

etc. Various environmental components were monitored and samples were analyzed.

Methodology

The methodology for conducting the baseline environmental survey has been obtained from the

guidelines provided in the “EIA Guidance Manual for Synthetic Organic Chemicals Industry” issued by

the Ministry of Environment Forest and Climate Change (MoEF&CC). Environmental attributes and

frequency of monitoring is given below in table:

Table 21 Location Details, Period and Methodology of Baseline Data Generation

Sr.

No. Attribute Parameters

No. of

Sampling

Locations

Frequency of Monitoring

/ Data Collection

1 Meteorology Wind speed & direction,

temperature, relative humidity,

rainfall.

Project Site Data collected from IMD

2 Ambient air

quality

PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NO2, CO, HC,

Pb, Ozone, Benzene,

Benzopyrene, Arsenic, Nickel.

08 24 hourly samples twice a

week. CO and O3, 8 hourly

samples twice a week.

3 Noise levels Noise levels in dB(A) Leq 08 At least one day in a season

for day time and night time

on a working & non

working day.

4 Surface water

quality

Physical, chemical and

bacteriological parameters

including pH, temperature,

turbidity, magnesium hardness,

total alkalinity, chloride,

sulphates, fluoride, salinity, DO,

BOD, COD, Heavy metals, Total

coliforms, fecal coliforms,

5 Once in a Monitoring

Period.





~ 55 ~

Sr.

No. Attribute Parameters

No. of

Sampling

Locations

Frequency of Monitoring

/ Data Collection

5 Groundwater

quality

Physical, chemical and

bacteriological parameters

including pH, temperature,

turbidity, magnesium hardness,

total alkalinity, chloride,

sulphates, fluoride, salinity, DO,

Heavy metals, Total coliforms,

Fecal coliforms,


Period.

6 Biological

environment

Existing flora and fauna. Study Area Through field visits and

substantiated through

secondary data sources.

7 Soil

characteristics

Physical, chemical and biological

parameters to assess agricultural

and afforestation potential

including pH, Permeability,

Electrical conductivity, Nitrites,

Phosphates, TPH, Fluorides,

Heavy metals, SAR, Total

hydrocarbons and cat-ion

exchange capacity.


Period.

8 Land use / Land

Cover

Land use for different land use

Classifications.

Study Area Land use / Land Cover

Analysis using satellite

imaging and GIS

Technique

9 Socio-economic

Environment

Socio-economic characteristics,

labourforce characteristics,

population statistics existing

amenities in the study area and

quality of life.

Study Area Based on field survey and

data collected from Census

of India

(Source: Google Earth Image)

)

Figure 10: Location Map of Study area





~ 56 ~

3.2 Geology

Rajkot is one of the most important districts of the Saurashtra. Rajkot district lies between 22.3039° N,

70.8022° E. It is bounded by little Rann of Kachchh in the north, Surendranagar district in the east,

Jamnagar district in the west and Junagadh and Amreli districts in the south. Rajkot district comprises

of 14 talukas, i.e., Rajkot, Kotada Sangani, Gondal, Jetpur, Dhoraji, Upleta, Jamkandorna, Lodhika,

Paddhari, Morvi, Maliya, Wankaner, Jasdan and Tankara. Rajkot district has a geographical area of

about 11203 sq. km having 23 towns and 835 villages. The population of the district as per Census 2011

is 37, 99,770.

The Major rivers flowing through Rajkot district are Bhadar, Aji, Machhu, Demai and their tributaries.

Some other small streams are Phulki, Jhinjhora and Ghodadroi. All the rivers, except the Bhadar, have

very small catchments and are ephemeral in nature.

3.3 Geomorphology

Rajkot district is situated in the central part of Saurashtra peninsula. The topography in these parts in

intersected by ridges form by sandstone and intrusive dykes. Further south, the main underlying rock

type is Deccan Trap basalt giving rise to rugged and rolling topography intersected by ridges formed

by the dykes. Some of these ridges are as high as 300m AMSL.

The most prominent ridge is situated along the northern boundary of the Bhadar River and runs along

the basaltic dyke locally known as Sardhar Dyke. The elevations range from almost sea level to more

than 300 m AMSL. The highest point is 304 m located near Bhadala in the east-central part of the

district.

The soils found in the district are mostly of Inceptisol and Entisol order and of Othids, Ochrepts,

Orthents, Fluvents, Psamments and Aquepts suborder. In the northern most part of the district

comprising Malia taluka, the soils are sandy, loamy sand, clayey and silty type. They are moderately

deep (25 to 75 cm). The colour of the soils is dark yellowish brown to very dark greyish brown. In the

central part of the district comprising Wankaner, Morbi, Paddhari, Lodhika, Jasdan, Rajkot, Jam

Kandorna and Kotada Sanghani talukas, the soils are of clayey loam to clay type. They are moderately

deep to deep and vary in colour from very dark brown to very dark greyish brown and reddish brown.

The soils in the southern part of the district comprising Jetpur, Dhoraji, Upleta and Gondal talukas are

similar to the soils of the central part. They are clayey loam to clayey type, very dark grey to dark

greyish and dark brown in colour and moderately deep (25 to 75 cm).





~ 57 ~

3.4 Land use

Figure 11: Land use/Land cover map





~ 58 ~

Table 22- Land Use Land Cover of 10 Km Radius

LULC Class Area in Ha. % Of Area

Lake/Pond 406.01 1.29%

Fallow Land 2920.42 9.30%

Industry 1208.86 3.85%

Open Scrub Land 4153.23 13.22%

Settlement/Gamtal 488.62 1.56%

Agriculture Land 21765.96 69.29%

Barren/Rocky Waste Land 253.21 0.81%

Quarry 56.90 0.18%

River 52.70 0.17%

Urban Built Up 85.06 0.27%

Built Up Land 21.81 0.07%

Total 31412.78 100%

3.5 Hydrogeology

Gondal town located in Rajkot district, in Gujarat state. Gondal is situated at a distance about 30 km

from Rajkot city.Ground water has been the main source of water supply. The demand for water

increased with increasing population, agricultural activities, steeping up of industrialition and

observations formed the basis of striking ground water in past. The hydrogeology of the prsnt study

area in presented in below table;

Table 23 Major Water Bearing Formations: Weathered & Fractured Basalts & Sandstone aquifer

Figure 12 Land Use Land Cover of 10 Km Radius

406.01

2920.42

1208.86

4153.23

488.62

21765.96

253.2156.90

52.70 85.06 21.81Lake/Pond

Fallow Land

Industry

Open Scrub Land

Settlement/Gamtal

Agriculture Land

Barren/Rocky WasteLandQuarry





~ 59 ~

Ground Water Scenario

Figure 13 Depth to water level map for the pre-monsoon period 2012





~ 60 ~

Figure 14 Depth to water level map for the post-monsoon period 2012





~ 61 ~

Figure 15: Water level fluctuation map

Geo-Hydrological Features

Introduction

Area around Gondal Taluka is checked on ground water prospect Map, prepared by National

Remote Sensing Agency, Dept. of SPAC, G.O.I. Hyderabad, for feasibility of source along

Gondalia& Chaparvadi river course.

The detail is as under;

• Map unit: - Hydro geomorphic unit PWS4

• Geological sequence:- Upper cretaceous of Eocene Deccan Volcanic

• Rock type:- Basalt Flows at gramtal (4)- amygdaloidal – 182-157 m MSL

• Geomorphic Units & Landforms

• PWS – 4 Plateau weathered Shallow 182 to 157 m MSL

• Depth of water level:- for Dugwell - 19 mts., Borewell – 20 to 33 mts

• Recharge condition:- Limited

• Aquifer material weathered rock (WR) Fracture rock (FR)

• Type of suitable Well:- D.W.-Dugwell, B.W. Borewell

• B.W. depth 130 to 180 mts. – yields 50 to 100 LPM

• Homogeneity in the unit:- Moderate

• Quality of water:- Portable

• Ground water irrigated area :- 20 to 25 %

• Recharge structure suitable :- RW (Recharge Well) , RP (Recharge Pit), CD (Checked Dam)

• Problems/limitations of the area





~ 62 ~

Drainage Pattern

The area has a drainage pattern which is of the parallel and trellis type and which is controlled by the

topography and structure and tectonics of the region. All the small streams flow from the higher grounds

and meet ultimately Chaparvadi River which flow from North East to South West direction near project

area. The area Drainage ultimately meets with Gondalia River.

Area has diverse landscape made up of small hills, valley, drainage flow, Platue and alluvium plain.

Due to terrain constraint it is necessary to adopt proper soil conservation and sand water development

and management practice for w/s in sustained basis. Because of short span of monsoon season and

limited storage capacity and rapid cut flow for hard rock aquifers, that is need to provide ground water

recharge facilities to supplement its which drawl at a time of summer.

Figure 16 Drainage Pattern of the Project Site

As various components of the hydrologic system-Catchment runoff, base flow and ground water an

integrated at the level of river basins, river basin should be the unit of governance and management of

water resource such a system of governance will ensure integration of physical sustainability

consideration and the social economical and environmental consideration in water resources

management.

3.6 Seismicity of the Study Area





~ 63 ~

Figure 17: Seismic Zone of Gujarat State

Ground water Resources

The Groundwater potential as on March 2013 of Rajkot districtand stages of development is shown in

below given below table;

Source: http://cgwb.gov.in/District_Profile/Gujarat/Rajkot.pdf

3.7 Meteorology

Micro meteorological data within the study area, during air quality survey period. Meteorological data

recorded during the monitoring period is very useful for proper interpretation of the baseline

information as well as for the input to the predictive air pollutants dispersion models. Historical data on

Table 24 Groundwater Resources Potential

http://cgwb.gov.in/District_Profile/Gujarat/Rajkot.pdf





~ 64 ~

meteorological parameters will also pay an important role in identifying the general meteorological

status of the region. Site specific data can be compared with the historical data in order to identify

changes, which may have taken place due to the rapid industrialization in the area.

The micro-meteorological parameters regulate the transport and diffusion of pollutants released into the

atmosphere. The principle variables which affect the micrometeorology are horizontal connective

transport (average wind speed and direction), vertical connective transport (atmospheric stability and

inversion conditions) and topography of the area.

The year may broadly be divided into four seasons.

Winter season : December to February

Pre-monsoon season : March to May

Monsoon season : June to September

Post Monsoon season : October to November

Table 25 Meteorological Data (2018)

Month Maximum

temperature (˚C)

Minimum

temperature

(˚C)

Average

Humidity

(%)

Wind Speed

Kmph

Total

Rainfall

(mm)

January 29 19 30 10.9 0

February 32 22 29 11.5 0

March 35 25 29 14.9 0

April 39 27 33 17.6 0.1

May 41 29 38 23 0

June 38 29 55 25.3 4.2

July 31 27 72 24.5 132.71

August 30 26 74 22.3 35.76

September 32 25 62 16.9 4.21

October 37 28 31 11 1.4

November 34 26 27 11.1 0

December 29 20 27 14.1 0

Source: https://www.worldweatheronline.com/

Observation on Meteorology: The meteorological parameters play a vital role in transport and

dispersion of pollutants in the atmosphere.

Met Data Generated at Site

Site specific climatic condition refers to average weather comprising of temperature, relative

humidity, wind speed, rainfall, cloud cover etc. This determines the baseline conditions and

probable impacts on environmental parameters with respect to the Project. The site-specific

climatic conditions are given below Table:

Ambient Temperature: Monthly variations of monthly highest and monthly lowest temperature recorded are as followed:

- Temperature (oC)

March 2019 April 2019 May 2019

Maximum 34 39 40

Minimum 24 27 28

https://www.worldweatheronline.com/





~ 65 ~

Average 29 34 34

Precipitation:

Month Precipitation (mm)

Maximum Minimum Average

March,2019

0.0 0.0 0.0 April,2019

May,2019

Humidity:

Month Humidity (%)


March 2019 68 30 30

April 2019 70 38 31

May 2019 74 42 41

Wind Speed:

Month Wind Speed (km/hr)


March 2019 22 Calm 16.5

April 2019 27 Calm 19.8

May 2019 29.8 Calm 23

Meterological Data (1st March 2020 – 20th March 2020)

Month Maximum

temperature

(˚ C)

Minimum

temperature

(˚ C)

Humidity

(%)

Wind Speed

Kmph

Rainfall

(mm) January 34 12 30 13.9 0

February 35 12 34 15.7 0

March 41 28 30 16.5 0

April 44 32 31 19.8 2.3

May 43 33 41 23 0

June 44 32 55 24.1 121.7

July 38 30 66 25.6 175.7

August 34 28 78 21.9 1344

September 35 28 81 15.8 698.8

October 36 22 54 14.5 40.5

November 35 16 46 11.6 8.5

December 31 11 37 16.2 0

Temperature

- Temperature (oC)

January 2020 February 2020 March2020

Maximum 27 32 34

Minimum 15 18 20

Average 22 26 28

Precipitation:





~ 66 ~

Month Precipitation (mm)


January 2020 0.0 0.0 0.0

February 2020 0.0 0.0 0.0

March 2020 0.0 0.0 0.0

Humidity:

Month Humidity (%)


January 2020 60 36 42

February 2020 52 32 29

March 2020 64 38 40

Wind Speed:

Month Wind Speed (km/hr)


January 2020 20.1 Calm 14.1

February 2020 19.8 Calm 14.5

March 2020 23.6 Calm 15.8

Wind Rose

Wind blowing from W to E direction (during 01st March 2019 to 31st May 2019)





~ 67 ~





~ 68 ~

Figure 18: Wind Rose (March’19 to May’19) [From NE to SW]

3.8 Ambient Air Quality

Reconnaissance:

The quality of ambient air depends upon the background concentrations of specific contaminants,

the emission sources and meteorological conditions. The study of baseline ambient air quality

status in the project area is an essential and primary requirement for assessing the impacts on air

environment due to any proposed developmental activity.





~ 69 ~

The baseline studies of air environment include identification of specific air pollution parameters

expected to have significant impacts and assessing their existing levels in the ambient air within

the impact zone. To assess the baseline status of ambient air quality in the study area, monitoring

is undertaken to ascertain the baseline pollutant concentrations in ambient air.

Methodology for air monitoring: AAQM was carried out and AAQM locations were monitored

on 24 hourly average basis twice as per guidelines of CPCB and NAAQS. The conventional and

project specific parameters such as Particulate Matter PM10 (size less than 10 μm), Particulate

Matter PM2.5 (size less than 2.5 μm), Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) & Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2) were

monitored.

Selection of Stations for Sampling: For EIA/ EMP, the purpose is to ascertain the baseline

pollutant concentrations in ambient air. Accordingly, the criterion can be selected to ascertain

quality of air on human settlements or environmentally sensitive areas if any located in the 10

km radius study area.

The locations for AAQM study were selected within the 10 km radius of the proposed plant

installation. Ambient air quality was monitored on 08 locations to generate representative

ambient air quality data. The sampling locations are shown in Figure 21and listed in Table

(Source: Google Earth Pro)

Figure 19: Google Image showing Ambient Air Monitoring Locations





~ 70 ~

Table 26Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations

Location

Code

Name of

Location

Distance &

Direction from

site

Justification Coordinates

AAQ-1 Project Site - Project Site 22° 4'13.00"N 70°47'20.77"E

AAQ-2 Ardoi 3.24 km, NE Down wind 22° 2'42.60"N 70°43'30.71"E

AAQ-3 Gundasara 5.96 km, NNE Down wind 22° 6'57.77"N70°49'0.29"E

AAQ-4 Sindhavadar 7.0 km, SW Up wind 22° 2'56.76"N 70°43'27.20"E

AAQ-5 Hadamtala 2.08 km, NW Down wind 22° 3'37.41"N 70°48'22.36"E

AAQ-6 Bhojpara 5.5 km, SSW Lateral Side 22° 0'32.64"N 70°46'14.89"E

AAQ-7 Vaddhari 6.23 km, WNW Up wind 22° 5'16.08"N 70°43'51.55"E

AAQ-8 Pipaliya 3.05 km, NNW Lateral Side 22° 5'43.92"N 70°46'27.60"E

Photographs showing Ambient Air Monitoring

Sindhavadar Ardoi





~ 71 ~

Table 30 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Results (24-hour average) March 2019 to May 2019

Locations

PM10

(µg/m3

)

PM2.5

(µg/m3

)

SO2

(µg/m3

)

NO2

(µg/m3

)

CO

(mg/m3

)

TVO

C

(PPb)

NH3

(µg/m3

)

Pb

(µg/m3

)

O3

(µg/m3

)

C6H6(µg/m

3)

As

(ng/m3

)

Ni

(ng/m3

)

Benzo

(a)

Pyren

e

(ng/m3

)

HCL, HF, Hbr,

Chlorine,

H2S,HF(mg/Nm

3)

[CPCB Norm

NS] AAQ1

Project

Site

Maximum 88.10 37.88 9.69 18.50 0.581 BDL <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01 BDL

Minimum 59.30 25.50 6.52 12.45 0.398 BDL <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01 BDL

Average 73.85 31.74 8.12 15.58 0.312 - <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01 BDL

98percentil

e

86.30 37.27 9.53 18.22 0.577 BDL <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01 BDL

AAQ2

Ardoi

Maximum 87.00 37.41 9.57 18.27 0.496 BDL <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01 BDL

Minimum 58.60 25.20 6.45 12.31 0.334 BDL <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01 BDL

Average 72.89 31.34 8.02 15.31 0.415 - <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01 BDL

98percentil

e

85.62 36.82 9.42 17.98 0.488 BDL <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01 BDL

AAQ3

Gundasara

Maximum 89.8 38.6 9.9 18.9 0.584 BDL <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01 BDL

Minimum 60.5 26.0 6.7 12.7 0.393 BDL <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01 BDL

Average 75.3 32.4 8.3 15.8 0.489 - <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01 BDL

98percentil

e

88.4 38.0 9.7 18.6 0.574 BDL <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01 BDL

Maximum 76.32 32.81 8.41 16 0.566 BDL <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01 BDL

Minimum 51.49 22.16 5.79 10.85 0.381 BDL <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01 BDL





~ 72 ~

AAQ4

Sindhavad

ar

Average 63.92 27.58 7 13.45 0.474 - <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01 BDL

98percentil

e

76.24 32.52 8.34 15.76 0.557 BDL <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01 BDL

AAQ5

Hadamtala

Maximum 94.1 40.5 10.4 19.8 0.612 BDL <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01 BDL

Minimum 63.4 27.3 7.0 13.3 0.412 BDL <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01 BDL

Average 78.9 33.9 8.7 16.6 0.513 - <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01 BDL

98percentil

e

92.6 39.8 10.2 19.4 0.602 BDL <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01 BDL

AAQ6

Bhojpara

Maximum 76.2 32.6 9.3 14.8 0.626 BDL <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01 BDL

Minimum 56.4 23.6 6.8 10.8 0.421 BDL <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01 BDL

Average 66.4 28.60 8.0 12.7 0.524 - <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01 BDL

98

percentile

75.7 32.2 9.2 14.7 0.616 BDL <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01 BDL

AAQ7

Vaddhari

Maximum 81.3 35.0 8.9 17.1 0.528 BDL <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01 BDL

Minimum 54.7 23.5 6.0 11.5 0.356 BDL <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01 BDL

Average 68.1 29.3 7.5 14.3 0.443 - <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01 BDL

98

percentile

80.0 34.4 8.8 16.8 0.520 BDL <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01 BDL

AAQ8

Pipaliya

Maximum 79.90 34.36 8.79 16.78 0.519 BDL <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01 BDL

Minimum 53.80 23.13 5.92 11.30 0.350 BDL <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01 BDL

Average 66.92 28.77 7.36 14.05 0.435 - <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01 BDL

98

percentile

78.61 33.80 8.65 16.51 0.511 BDL <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01 BDL

BDL Values: CL2, HF, H2S < 1 mg/Nm3, BDL Values: HCL, HBr < 5 mg/Nm3





~ 73 ~

Table 27 National Ambient Air Quality Standards and Methods of Measurement

S. No. Pollutants

Time

Weighted

Average

National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS)

Industrial,

Residential,

Rural and

other area

Ecologically

Sensitive Area

Methods of

measurement

1 SO2 (µg/m3) 24 hours 80 80 Improved West and

Gaeke method.

2 NO2 (µg/m3) 24 hours 80 80 Modified Jacob &

Hochheiser (Sodium

Arsenite). 3 PM10 (µg/m3) 24 hours 100 100 Gravimetric Method

4 PM2.5 (µg/m3) 24 hours 60 60 Gravimetric Method

5 CO (mg/m3) 8 hours 2 2 Non Dispersive Infra

Red Spectroscopy

6 Ammonia µg/m3) 24 hours 400 400 Indophenol Blue

Method

7 Ozone (µg/m3) 8 hours 100 100 UV Photometric

Chemical Method

8 Lead (µg/m3) 24 hours 1.0 1.0 AAS

9 Arsenic (ng/m3) Annual 6.0 6.0 AAS

10 Nickel (ng/m3) Annual 20.0 20.0 AAS

11 Benzene (µg/m3) Annual 5.0 5.0 Gas

Chromatography

12 Benzo (a)pyrene

(ng/m3) Annual 1.0 1.0

Gas

Chromatography (Source: http://cpcb.nic.in/National_Ambient_Air_Quality_Standards.php)

3.8.2 Observations on Ambient Air Quality:

Particulate Matter (PM10):

The Concentration of PM10 is maximum (94.1 µg/m3) at AA5 i.e Hadamtala (NW), that is located at down

wind direction due to which the concentration here is maximum. The concentration of PM10 is minimum

(51.4 µg/m3) at AA4 i.e. Sindhavadar (SW), that is located at Up wind direction due to which the

concentration here is minimum.

0

20

40

60

80

100

AA01 AA02 AA03 AA04 AA05 AA06 AA07 AA08

Co

nce

ntr

atio

n in

µg/

m3

Sampling Locations

PM10

Maximum

Minimum

Average

98%tile

CPCB Limit





~ 74 ~

(Source: Analysis GCI)

Figure 20: Graphical representation of PM10 concentration at different locations

Particulate Matter (PM2.5):

The Concentration of PM2.5 is maximum (40.5 µg/m3) at AA5 i.e Hadamtala (NW), that is located at

down wind direction due to which the concentration here is maximum. The concentration of PM2.5 is

minimum (22.1 µg/m3) at AA4 i.e. Sindhavadar (SW), that is located at Up wind direction due to which

the concentration here is minimum.


Figure 21: Graphical representation of PM2.5 concentration at different locations

Sulphur Dioxide (SO2):

The Concentration of SO2is maximum (10.4 µg/m3) at AA5 i.e Hadamtala (NW), that is located at down

wind direction due to which the concentration here is maximum. The concentration of SO2 is minimum

(5.7 µg/m3) at AA4 i.e. Sindhavadar (SW), that is located at Up wind direction due to which the

concentration here is minimum.


Figure 22: Graphical representation of SO2 concentration at different locations

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70


Co

nce

ntr

atio

n in

µg/

m3

Sampling Locations

PM2.5

Maximum

Minimum

Average

98%tile

CPCB Limit

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90


Co

nce

ntr

atio

n in

µg/

m3

Sampling Locations

SO2

Maximum

Minimum

Average

98%tile

CPCB Limit





~ 75 ~

Oxides of Nitrogen (NO2):

The Concentration of NO2is maximum (19.8 µg/m3) at AA5 i.e Hadamtala (SSE), that is located at down

wind direction due to which the concentration here is maximum. The concentration of NO2 is minimum

(9.8 µg/m3) at AA1 project site.


Figure 23: Graphical representation of NO2 concentration at different locations

Ambient Air Quality Data (1st March’20 – 20 March ’20)

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90


Co

nce

ntr

atio

n in

µg/

m3

Sampling Locations

NOx

Maximum

Minimum

Average

98%tile

CPCB Limit





~ 76 ~

Location

Code

Name of

Location

Distance &

Direction from

site

Justification Coordinates

AAQ-1 Project Site - Project Site 22° 4'13.00"N 70°47'20.77"E

AAQ-2 Ardoi 3.24 km, NE Downwind 22° 2'42.60"N 70°43'30.71"E

AAQ-3 Gundasara 5.96 km, NNE Lateral Side 22° 6'57.77"N70°49'0.29"E

AAQ-4 Sindhavadar 7.0 km, SW Up wind 22° 2'56.76"N 70°43'27.20"E

AAQ-5 Hadamtala 2.08 km, NW Down wind 22° 3'37.41"N 70°48'22.36"E

AAQ-6 Bhojpara 5.5 km, SSW Lateral Side 22° 0'32.64"N 70°46'14.89"E

AAQ-7 Vaddhari 6.23 km, WNW Up wind 22° 5'16.08"N 70°43'51.55"E

AAQ-8 Pipaliya 3.05 km, NNW Lateral Side 22° 5'43.92"N 70°46'27.60"E





~ 77 ~

Table 32-Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Results (24-hour average) (1st March’20 – 20 March ’20)

Locations PM10

(µg/m3)

PM2.5

(µg/m3)

SO2

(µg/m3)

NO2

(µg/m3)

CO

(mg/m3)

TVOC

(PPb)

NH3

(µg/m3)

Pb

(µg/m3)

O3

(µg/m3)

C6H6

(µg/m3)

As

(ng/m3)

Ni

(ng/m3)

Benzo

(a)

Pyrene

(ng/m3)

HCL, HF,

Hbr,

Chlorine,

H2S,HF(m

g/Nm3)

[CPCB

Norm NS]

AAQ1

Project

Site

Maximum 81.1 37.8 8.5 16.5 0.52 BDL <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01 BDL

Minimum 59.3 25.5 6.4 10.2 0.30 BDL <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01 BDL

Average 70.8 31.7 7.8 13.1 0.41 - <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01 BDL

98percentile 79.2 37.2 8.2 16.1 0.50 BDL <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01 BDL

AAQ2

Ardoi

Maximum 86.3 34.5 8.7 15.8 0.46 BDL <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01 BDL

Minimum 60.5 21.7 5.9 10.8 0.34 BDL <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01 BDL

Average 74.9 27.5 7.0 14.4 0.41 - <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01 BDL


AAQ3

Maximum 83.2 38.6 9.1 18.7 0.54 BDL <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01 BDL

Minimum 54.7 26.0 6.9 12.6 0.39 BDL <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01 BDL





~ 78 ~


Locations PM10

(µg/m3)

PM2.5

(µg/m3)

SO2

(µg/m3)

NO2

(µg/m3)

CO

(mg/m3)

TVOC

(PPb)

NH3

(µg/m3)

Pb

(µg/m3)

O3

(µg/m3)

C6H6

(µg/m3)

As

(ng/m3)

Ni

(ng/m3)

Benzo

(a)

Pyrene

(ng/m3)

HCL, HF,

Hbr,

Chlorine,

H2S,HF(m

g/Nm3)

[CPCB

Norm NS]

Gundasar

a

Average 72.4 32.4 8.1 15.4 0.49 - <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01 BDL


AAQ4

Sindhava

dar

Maximum 71.5 28.6 7.7 13.7 0.56 BDL <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01 BDL

Minimum 57.90 20.2 6.4 12.3 0.38 BDL <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01 BDL

Average 65.9 26.3 7.0 11.3 0.47 - <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01 BDL


AAQ5

Hadamtal

a

Maximum 95.8 38.9 12.4 19.9 0.62 BDL <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01 BDL

Minimum 68.4 24.3 7.0 13.3 0.41 BDL <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01 BDL

Average 79.9 32.4 8.7 16.7 0.53 - <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01 BDL


AAQ6 Maximum 69.4 27.7 8.6 18.8 0.66 BDL <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01 BDL





~ 79 ~


Locations PM10

(µg/m3)

PM2.5

(µg/m3)

SO2

(µg/m3)

NO2

(µg/m3)

CO

(mg/m3)

TVOC

(PPb)

NH3

(µg/m3)

Pb

(µg/m3)

O3

(µg/m3)

C6H6

(µg/m3)

As

(ng/m3)

Ni

(ng/m3)

Benzo

(a)

Pyrene

(ng/m3)

HCL, HF,

Hbr,

Chlorine,

H2S,HF(m

g/Nm3)

[CPCB

Norm NS]

Bhojpara Minimum 54.5 20.2 7.1 13.3 0.41 BDL <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01 BDL

Average 64.7 24.7 7.8 16.4 0.52 - <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01 BDL


AAQ7

Vaddhari

Maximum 71.3 28.5 7.9 17.6 0.58 BDL <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01 BDL

Minimum 53.8 23.5 6.0 11.5 0.36 BDL <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01 BDL

Average 64.7 26.3 7.0 14.8 0.44 - <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01 BDL


AAQ8

Pipaliya

Maximum 67.9 27.3 8.2 12.7 0.51 BDL <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01 BDL

Minimum 52.8 20.1 5.9 10.4 0.35 BDL <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01 BDL

Average 61.9 26.7 7.3 11.4 0.43 - <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01 BDL






~ 80 ~


Locations PM10

(µg/m3)

PM2.5

(µg/m3)

SO2

(µg/m3)

NO2

(µg/m3)

CO

(mg/m3)

TVOC

(PPb)

NH3

(µg/m3)

Pb

(µg/m3)

O3

(µg/m3)

C6H6

(µg/m3)

As

(ng/m3)

Ni

(ng/m3)

Benzo

(a)

Pyrene

(ng/m3)

HCL, HF,

Hbr,

Chlorine,

H2S,HF(m

g/Nm3)

[CPCB

Norm NS]

BDL Values: CL2, HF, H2S < 1 mg/Nm3, BDL Values: HCL, HBr < 5 mg/Nm3, TVOCs < 1PPb

(Source: Primary Data Collection and analysis during study period by Laboratory)





~ 81 ~

Observations on Ambient Air Quality:

Particulate Matter (PM10):

The Concentration of PM10 is maximum (95.8 µg/m3) at AA5 i.e Hadamtala, that is located at down wind

direction due to which the concentration here is maximum. The concentration of PM10 is minimum

(52.8 µg/m3) at AA8 i.e. Pipaliya due to that is located at lateral direction due to which the concentration

here is minimum.


Figure 24: Graphical representation of PM10 concentration at different locations

Particulate Matter (PM2.5):

The Concentration of PM2.5 is maximum (38.9 µg/m3) at AA5 i.e Hadamtala, that is located at down wind

direction due to which the concentration here is maximum. The concentration of PM2.5 is minimum

(20.1 µg/m3)at AA8 i.e. Vaddhari , that is located at Lateral direction due to which the concentration

here is minimum.

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70


Co

nce

ntr

atio

n in

µg/

m3

Sampling Locations

PM2.5

Maximum

Minimum

Average

98%tile

CPCB Limit

0

20

40

60

80

100

AA01 AA02 AA03 AA04 AA05 AA06 AA07 AA08Co

nce

ntr

atio

n in

µg/

m3

Sampling Locations

PM10

Maximum

Minimum

Average

98%tile

CPCB Limit





~ 82 ~


Figure 25: Graphical representation of PM2.5 concentration at different locations

Sulphur Dioxide (SO2):

The Concentration of SO2 is maximum (12.4 µg/m3) at AA5 i.e Hadamtala, that is located at down wind

direction due to which the concentration here is maximum. The concentration of SO2 is minimum (5.9

µg/m3)at AA8 i.e. Pipaliya ,that is located at lateral direction due to which the concentration here is

minimum.


Figure 26: Graphical representation of SO2 concentration at different locations

Oxides of Nitrogen (NO2):

The Concentration of NO2is maximum (19.9 µg/m3) at AA5 i.e Hadamtala, that is located at down wind

direction due to which the concentration here is maximum. The concentration of NO2 is minimum (10.2

µg/m3)at AA1 i.e. project site.

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90


Co

nce

ntr

atio

n in

µg/

m3

Sampling Locations

SO2

Maximum

Minimum

Average

98%tile

CPCB Limit

0

20

40

60

80

100


Co

nce

ntr

atio

n in

µg/

m3

Sampling Locations

NOx

Maximum

Minimum

Average

98%tile

CPCB Limit





~ 83 ~


Figure 27: Graphical representation of NO2 concentration at different locations

3.9 Noise Environment

Noise can be defined as an unwanted sound. The definition of noise as unwanted sound implies that it

has an adverse effect on human beings and their environment. Noise can also disturb natural wildlife

and ecological system.

The objective of the noise pollution survey in the study area was to identify existing noise sources and

to measure background noise levels. The collection of baseline noise environment data included

following steps:

Reconnaissance Survey:

In order to measure the existing noise sources and to identify the background noise levels, the noise

pollution survey around the proposed site was carried out. The collection of baseline noise environment

data included identification of noise sources and to measure background noise levels due to

transportation and other local activity.

Methodology for Noise Monitoring

Noise standards have been designated as per the Noise pollution (Regulation & Control) Rules, 2000

Notified by Ministry of Environment and Forests, New Delhi, February 14, 2000. The ambient noise

standards are presented in Equivalent noise levels (Leq.) have been measured twice a week during study

period.The measurements were carried out at each monitoring location during day time and night time

Noise Monitoring Locations

A total of 08 locations were identified for ambient noise monitoring in the study area. The noise

monitoring locations are given in Table below.

(Source: Google Image)





~ 84 ~

Figure 28: Google Image showing Ambient Noise Monitoring Locations

Table 28 Ambient Noise Quality Monitoring Locations

Ardoi

22°04'52.32"N 70°49'06.91"E

Dt: 12/04/19

Industrial Area

22°05'20.88"N 70°46'30.77"E

Dt: 12/04/19

Lunivav Pri. School

22°01'55.94"N 70°42'01.16"E

Dt: 13/04/19

Near Khareda

22°01'23.12"N 70°50'43.62"E

Dt: 13/04/19





~ 85 ~

Photographs showing Ambient Noise Monitoring

Location

Code Name of Location

Distance & Direction

from site Coordinates

N-1 Project Site - 22° 4'13.31"N 70°47'22.32"E

N-2 Sapar GIDC Industrial Area 8.2km NNE 22° 8'35.91"N 70°47'50.59"E

N-3 Lunivav Pri. School 9.9km WSW 22° 1'56.82"N 70°42'2.04"E

N-4 Ardoi 3.4km ENE 22° 5'1.75"N 70°49'7.74"E

N-5 Krishnam Hospital 2.7km S 22° 2'45.13"N 70°47'15.04"E

N-6 Vaddhari 6.3km WNW 22° 5'13.49"N 70°43'49.20"E

N-7 Near Ribda 6.1km NNW 22° 7'28.11"N 70°46'44.79"E

N-8 Near Khareda 7.8km SE 22° 1'17.49"N 70°50'33.15"E

(Source: Monitoring during Study period by GCI)

Ambient Noise Quality Monitoring Results (March 2019 to May 2019)

Sr.

No.

Location

name Zone Units

Day Time Night Time

Result

CPCB

Permissible

Limit

Result

CPCB

Permissi

ble Limit

1. Project Site Industrial dB(A) Leq 64.3 75 57.4 70

2.

Near Sapar

GIDC

Industrial

Zone

Industrial dB(A) Leq 63.8 75 64.2 70

3. Lunivav Pri.

School Silence Zone dB(A) Leq 48.1 50 38.4 40

4. Ardoi Residential dB(A) Leq 52.9 55 42.5 45

5. Krishnam

Hospital Silence Zone dB(A) Leq 46.1 50 37.9 40

6. Vaddhari Residential dB(A) Leq 53.6 55 43.0 45

7. Near Ribda Commercial dB(A) Leq 58.4 65 53.6 55

8. Near Khareda Commercial dB(A) Leq 60.7 65 54.0 55

3.9.1 Observation and Discussion;

Day Time:

The noise levels varied in the study area during day time from 46.1 dB (A) Leq at Krishnam

Hospital (Silence Zone) to 64.3 Leq dB (A) at Project site.





~ 86 ~


Figure 29: Graphical Representation of Day time Noise Level in the study area

Night Time:

The night time noise level in the study area is in the range of 37.9 dB (A) Leq at Krishnam Hospital

(Silence Zone) to 64.2Leq dB (A) at Industrial Area. The night time noise was also within stipulated

standards of CPCB.

Figure 30: Graphical Representation of Night time Noise Level in the study area

Table 29 Applicable Noise Standards

Area Code Category of Area Limit in dB (A) Leq

Day Time Night Time

A Industrial area 75 70

B Commercial area 65 55

C Residential area 55 45

D Silence zone 50 40

(Source: Noise Pollution Rules, 2000)

Note:

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

dB

(A)

Leq

Sampling Locations

Day time Noise level in Study area

Result

CPCB PermissibleLimit

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

dB

(A)

Leq

Sampling Location

Night time Noise level in Study area

Result






~ 87 ~

• Day time is reckoned in between 6 am and 10 pm.

• Night time reckoned in between 10 pm and 6 am.

• Silence zone is defined as areas up to 100 meters around such premises as hospitals,

education, institutions and courts. The silence zones are to be declared by the Component

Authority.

Mixed categories of areas should be declared as one of the four above-mentioned categories by

the Component Authority and the corresponding standard shall apply.

Ambient Noise Quality Monitoring Results(1st March to 20th 2020)

S. No. Location name Zone Units

Day Time Night Time

Result

CPCB

Permissible

Limit

Result

CPCB

Permissib

le Limit

1. 1 Project Site Industrial dB(A) Leq

62.8 75 58.3 70

2. Near Sapar GIDC

Industrial Zone Industrial dB(A) Leq

61.7 75 57.2 70

3. Lunivav Pri. School Silence Zone dB(A) Leq

46.4 50 35.7 40

4. Ardoi Residential dB(A) Leq

51.8 55 41.5 45

5. Krishnam Hospital Silence Zone dB(A) Leq

45.9 50 33.4 40

6. Vaddhari Residential dB(A) Leq

52.9 55 42.0 45

7. Near Ribda Commercial dB(A) Leq

57.4 65 52.6 55

8. Near Khareda Commercial dB(A) Leq

60.2 65 53.4 55

Observation and Discussion

Day Time:

The noise levels varied in the study area during day time from 45.9 dB (A) Leq at Krishnam Hospital

(Silence Zone) to 62.8 Leq dB (A) at project site.





~ 88 ~


Figure 31: Graphical Representation of Day time Noise Level in the study area

Night Time:

The night time noise level in the study area is in the range of 33.4 dB (A) Leq at Krishnam Hospital

(Silence Zone) to 58.3 Leq dB (A) at project site. The night time noise was also within stipulated

standards of CPCB.


Figure 32: Graphical Representation of Night time Noise Level in the study area

Table 30 Applicable Noise Standards

Area Code Category of Area Limit in dB (A) Leq

Day Time Night Time

A Industrial area 75 70

B Commercial area 65 55

C Residential area 55 45

D Silence zone 50 40

(Source: Noise Pollution Rules, 2000)

Note:

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

dB

(A)

Leq

Sampling Locations

Day time Noise level in Study area

Result


0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

dB

(A)

Leq

Sampling Location

Night time Noise level in Study area

Result






~ 89 ~

• Day time is reckoned in between 6 am and 10 pm.

• Night time reckoned in between 10 pm and 6 am.

• Silence zone is defined as areas up to 100 meters around such premises as hospitals,

education, institutions and courts. The silence zones are to be declared by the Component

Authority.

Mixed categories of areas should be declared as one of the four above-mentioned categories by

the Component Authority and the corresponding standard shall apply.

3.10 Water Quality

Reconnaissance Survey

Reconnaissance survey has been done for water quality monitoring in the study area. The baseline

water quality of ground water/surface water in the region is obtained by collecting sample from

villages in the area considering the 10 km radius for the baseline study.

Methodology of Monitoring

In order to establish the baseline water quality, ground water and surface water sampling

locations were selected based on availability, following standard norms and requirement. Ground

water samples were collected from the identified hand pumps and bore wells for the

characterization of water quality. Selection of surface water sampling locations has been

considered as per the utilization pattern of the villagers for domestic/ drinking purposes.

The samples collected were preserved, stored and analyzed as per standards methods of Analysis

of Water and Waste Water

Ground Water Quality:

Ground water samples were collected from 08 locations during the study period and analyzed for

a number of physico-chemical parameters.


Figure 33: Google Image showing Ground Water Monitoring Locations

Table 31 Ground Water Sampling Locations





~ 90 ~

Location


Distance & Direction from

site Coordinates

GW -1 Project Site - 22° 4.208'N 70° 47.301'E

GW -2 Ardoi 3.24 km, NE 22° 4.990'N, 70° 48.987'E

GW -3 Gundasara 5.96 km, NNE 22° 6.972'N, 70° 49.076'E

GW -4 Sindhavadar 7.64 km, WSW 22° 2.642'N, 70° 43.190'E

GW -5 Hadamtala 2.08 km, NW 22° 3.570'N, 70° 48.320'E

GW -6 Bhojpara 6.64 km, SSE 22° 0.623'N, 70° 47.649'E

GW -7 Vaddhari 6.23 km, WNW 22° 5.266'N, 70° 43.858'E

GW -8 Pipaliya 3.05 km, NNW 22° 5.676'N, 70° 46.479'E

)

Gundasara Hadamtala





~ 91 ~

Table 32 Ground Water Quality in the Study Area(March 2019 to May 2019)

Sr.No Parameter Units Result Permissible

Limit as Per

IS 10500:2012

Reference Method Sample Identification GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 GW5 GW6 GW7 GW8

1. pH --- 7.31 7.26 7.39 7.25 7.14 7.21 7.25 7.36 6.5-8.5 APHA 4500 H+

2. Conductivity µs/cm 1712 2180 2200 2426 2164 2324 1984 2104 - APHA 2510

3. Turbidity NTU <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 5 APHA 2130

4. Color Hazen <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 15 APHA 2120

5. Odor - Agreeab

le

Agreeab

le

Agreeab

le

Agreeab

le

Agreeab

le

Agreeab

le

Agreeable Agreeabl

e

Agreeable APHA 2150

6.

Total

Dissolved

Solid

mg/L 918 859 760 1009 860 980 1045 926 2000 APHA 2540 C

7.

Total

Suspended

Solid

mg/L <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 - APHA 2540 B

8. Sulphate mg/L 55.1 45.7 61.3 87.6 54.8 68.8 75.1 59.8 400 APHA 4500- SO42

9. Chloride mg/L 275 250 265 245 215 285 269 347 1000 APHA 4500 - Cl-

10. Total Hardness mg/L 157 421 227 365 446 213 356 289 600 APHA 2340

11. Calcium as Ca mg/L 40.06 120.24 60.04 88.18 74.31 65.06 70.21 103.65 200 APHA -3500 Ca

12. Magnesium Mg mg/L 34.02 29.16 41.31 42.25 26.73 34.02 21.8 42.3 100 APHA 3500-Mg

13. Alkalinity mg/L 231 259 243 257 214 382 263 287 600 APHA 2320

14. Copper mg/L <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 1.5 APHA 3500-Cu

15. Zinc mg/L <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 15 APHA 3500-Zn

16. Iron mg/L <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 0.3 APHA 3500-Fe

17. Lead mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <001 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.01 APHA 3500-Pb

18. Nickel mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.02 APHA 3500-Ni

19. Cadmium mg/L <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 0.003 APHA 3500-Cd

20. Fluoride mg/L 0.45 0.42 0.13 0.46 0.37 0.31 0.25 0.47 1.5 APHA 4500-F-

Source: Water Analysis during study period (GCI)





~ 92 ~

3.10.3 Observation of ground water monitoring results:

All the samples were meeting desirable norms for colour (<5 Hazen). All the samples meet the desirable

standards (pH ranges from 7.10 to 7.54). TDS in samples ranges from 760 mg/L to 1045mg/L. All the

samples meet the permissible limit of 2000 mg/L. Total Hardness in the water ranges from 157 mg/L

to 446 mg/L. All the samples meet the permissible limit of 600 mg/L. Calcium content in the water

ranges from 40.06 mg/L to 120.24 mg/L, all the samples meet the permissible limit of 200 mg/L.

Magnesium content in the water ranges from 21.8 mg/L to 42.31 mg/L. All the samples meet the

permissible limit of 100 mg/L.Total alkalinity in the water samples ranges from 157 mg/L to 382 mg/L.

All the samples are within the permissible limit of drinking water (600 mg/L). Chlorides range from

215 mg/L to 347 mg/L, which are below permissible limits (1000 mg/L).

Hence, it can be observed that ground water qualities in terms of various essential and desirable

characteristics are found within the limits specified by IS 10500:2012





~ 93 ~

Table 33b Ground Water Quality in the Study Area (1th March to 20th March 2020)

Sr.N

o Parameter Units Result Permissible

Limit as

Per IS

10500:2012

Reference

Method Sample Identification GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 GW5 GW6 GW7 GW8

1. pH --- 7.44 7.38 7.45 7.18 7.34 7.54 7.19 7.27 6.5-8.5 APHA

4500 H+

2. Conductivity µs/cm 2245 2080 2100 2228 2154 2202 1189 2119 - APHA

2510

3. Turbidity NTU <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 5 APHA

2130

4. Color Hazen <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 15 APHA

2120

5. Odor - Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable APHA

2150

6. Total Dissolved

Solid mg/L 1472 1364 1380 1456 1434 1448 790 1377 2000

APHA

2540 C

7. Total Suspended

Solid mg/L <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 -

APHA

2540 B

8. Sulphate mg/L 91.1 43.5 60.1 81.6 53.9 64.8 71.8 56.5 400

APHA

4500-

SO42

9. Chloride mg/L 249 269 275 232 241 279 252 317 1000 APHA

4500 - Cl-

10. Total Hardness mg/L 254 410 209 315 428 246 326 274 600 APHA

2340





~ 94 ~

Sr.N

o Parameter Units Result Permissible

Limit as

Per IS

10500:2012

Reference

Method Sample Identification GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 GW5 GW6 GW7 GW8

11. Calcium as Ca mg/L 48.4 100.2 54.1 81.8 71.7 62.8 71.9 101.5 200 APHA -

3500 Ca

12. Magnesium Mg mg/L 22.3 27.6 40.1 41.8 23.6 32.1 19.8 40.7 100 APHA

3500-Mg

13. Alkalinity mg/L 187 219 233 242 264 312 270 287 600 APHA

2320

14. Copper mg/L <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 1.5 APHA

3500-Cu

15. Zinc mg/L <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 15 APHA

3500-Zn

16. Iron mg/L <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 0.3 APHA

3500-Fe

17. Lead mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <001 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.01 APHA

3500-Pb

18. Nickel mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.02 APHA

3500-Ni

19. Cadmium mg/L <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 0.003 APHA

3500-Cd

20. Fluoride mg/L 0.47 0.26 0.18 0.42 0.27 0.43 0.29 0.40 1.5 APHA

4500-F-





~ 95 ~

Observation of ground water monitoring results:

All the samples were meeting desirable norms for colour (<5 Hazen). All the samples meet the desirable standards (pH ranges from 7.18 to 7.54). TDS in

samples ranges from 790 mg/L to 1772 mg/L. All the samples meet the permissible limit of 2000 mg/L. Total Hardness in the water ranges from 210 mg/L to

428 mg/L. All the samples meet the permissible limit of 600 mg/L. Calcium content in the water ranges from 52.4 mg/L to 101.5 mg/L, all the samples meet

the permissible limit of 200 mg/L. Magnesium content in the water ranges from 23.6 mg/L to 41.8 mg/L. All the samples meet the permissible limit of 100

mg/L.

Total alkalinity in the water samples ranges from 167 mg/L to 312 mg/L. All the samples are within the permissible limit of drinking water (600 mg/L).

Chlorides range from 232 mg/L to 317 mg/L, which are below permissible limits (1000 mg/L).

Hence, it can be observed that ground water qualities in terms of various essential and desirable characteristics are found within the limits specified by IS

Total alkalinity in the water samples ranges from 167 mg/L to 312 mg/L. All the samples are within the permissible limit of drinking water (600 mg/L).

Chlorides range from 232 mg/L to 317 mg/L, which are below permissible limits (1000 mg/L).





~ 96 ~

Surface Water Quality:

Surface water samples were collected from 5 locations during the study period and analyzed

for a number of physico-chemical parameters.


Figure 34: Google Image showing Surface Water Monitoring Locations

Table 34 Surface Water Sampling Locations

Location


Distance &

Direction from site Coordinates

SW -1 Veri Near Bhojpara 8.4 km, SSE 21° 59.617'N, 70° 48.104'E

SW -2 Near Siddharth Nagar 8.7 km,S 21°58'53.85"N 70°48'13.87"E

SW-3 Near Soliya 7.3 km, ESE 22° 4.039'N, 70° 51.662'E

SW-4 Near Lunivav 9.2 km, WSW 22° 2.368'N, 70° 42.189'E

SW-5 Near Ribda 6.0km NNW 22° 7'15.70"N 70°46'39.45"E

(Source: Analysis during study period, GCI)





~ 97 ~

Photographs showing Surface Water Monitoring

Table 35 Surface Water Quality in the Study Area(March 2019 to May 2019)

Sr. No. Parameter Units Result Reference Method

Sample Identification SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 SW5

1. pH --- 7.59 7.25 7.19 7.81 7.95 APHA 4500 H+

2. Conductivity µS/cm 1386 529 614 1542 1654 APHA 2510

3. Turbidity NTU <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 APHA 2130

4. Color Hazen <5 <5 <5 <5 <2 APHA 2120

5. Odor - Aggreable APHA 2150

6. Total Dissolved Solid mg/L 598 638 517 674 745 APHA 2540 C

7. Sulphate mg/L 45.6 58.3 42.6 75.4 69.3 APHA 4500- SO42-

8. Chloride mg/L 180 234 197 155 203 APHA 4500 - Cl-

9. Total Hardness mg/L 175 216 200 185 215 APHA 2340

10. Calcium as Ca mg/L 42.68 46.98 49.2 48.09 51.36 APHA -3500 Ca

11. Magnesium Mg mg/L 15.8 14.9 13.5 14.58 15.56 APHA 3500-Mg

12. Alkalinity mg/L 110 116 124 120 126 APHA 2320

13. Copper mg/L <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 APHA 3500-Cu

14. Zinc mg/L <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 APHA 3500-Zn

15. Iron mg/L <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 APHA 3500-Fe

16. Lead mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 APHA 3500-Pb

17. Nickel mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 APHA 3500-Ni





~ 98 ~

(Source: Water Analysis by GCI Laboratory)

The physico-chemical and microbiological characteristics of surface water is summarized

As below;

pH values were observed within permissible limits.

DO values were observed within class B class of water.

BOD is slightely higher than permissible limits.

18. Cadmium mg/L <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 APHA 3500-C

19. Total Coliform MPN/100 ml 84 63 145 170 185 APHA 9221 B

20. Faecal Coliform MPN/100 ml 17 12.8 26.5 30 22.6 APHA 9221 E

21. E. Coli MPN/100 ml 8 13 11 6 7 APHA 9221 F

22. Phenol mg/L <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 APHA 5530

23. Fluoride mg/L 0.17 0.25 0.31 0.18 0.26 APHA 4500-F-

24. Chemical Oxygen

Demand

mg/L 24 16 32 18 40 APHA 5220

25. Biochemical Oxygen

Demand

mg/L 7 5 10 6 10 APHA 5210

26. Dissolve Oxygen mg/L 5 5 7 5 6 4500-O





~ 99 ~

Table 36 Surface Water Quality in the Study Area (1th March to 20th March 2020)

Sr. No. Parameter Units Result Reference Method

Sample Identification SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 SW5

1. pH --- 7.59 7.44 7.39 7.71 7.80 APHA 4500 H+

2. Conductivity µS/cm 1148 559 627 1538 1660 APHA 2510

3. Turbidity NTU <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 APHA 2130

4. Color Hazen <5 <5 <5 <5 <2 APHA 2120

5. Odor - Aggreable

6. Total Dissolved Solid mg/L 760 366 410 999 1087 APHA 2540 C

7. Sulphate mg/L 39.6 53.3 40.9 71.4 65.7 APHA 4500- SO42-

8. Chloride mg/L 157 229 188 159 200 APHA 4500 - Cl-

9. Total Hardness mg/L 197 226 206 198 205 APHA 2340

10. Calcium as Ca mg/L 44.3 49.9 45.2 44.7 54.6 APHA -3500 Ca

11. Magnesium Mg mg/L 10.4 12.4 15.5 11.8 17.6 APHA 3500-Mg

12. Alkalinity mg/L 145 127 139 116 109 APHA 2320

13. Copper mg/L <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 APHA 3500-Cu

14. Zinc mg/L <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 APHA 3500-Zn

15. Iron mg/L <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 APHA 3500-Fe

16. Lead mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 APHA 3500-Pb

17. Nickel mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 APHA 3500-Ni

18. Cadmium mg/L <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 APHA 3500-C

19. Total Coliform MPN/100 ml 110 72 110 190 210 APHA 9221 B

20. Faecal Coliform MPN/100 ml 18 11 24 39 26 APHA 9221 E

21. E. Coli MPN/100 ml 6 13 11 6 7 APHA 9221 F

22. Phenol mg/L <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 APHA 5530

23. Fluoride mg/L 0.43 0.33 0.46 0.22 0.38 APHA 4500-F-





~ 100 ~

(Source: Water Analysis by GCI Laboratory)

The physico-chemical and microbiological characteristics of surface water is summarized

As below;

pH values were observed within permissible limits.

DO values were observed within class A class of water.

BOD is slightely higher than permissible limits.

24. Chemical Oxygen

Demand

mg/L 24 14 22 18 30 APHA 5220

25. Biochemical Oxygen

Demand

mg/L 6 3.0 4.0 4.5 7.0 APHA 5210

26. Dissolve Oxygen mg/L 6 6 8 6 7 4500-O





~ 101 ~

Table 37 Standard Water Quality Criteria

Class of

Water Designated best use Criteria

A

Drinking Water Source

without conventional

treatment but after

disinfection

Total Coliforms Organism MPN/100ml shall be 50 or

lesspH between 6.5 and 8.5

Dissolved Oxygen 6mg/L or more

Biochemical Oxygen Demand 5 days 20°C 2mg/L or

less

B Outdoor bathing

(Organized)

Total Coliforms Organism MPN/100ml shall be 500

or less pH between 6.5 and 8.5



less

C

Drinking water source after

conventional treatment and

disinfection

Total Coliforms Organism MPN/100ml shall be 5000

or less pH between 6 to 9



less

D Propagation of Wild life and

Fisheries

pH between 6.5 to 8.5


Free Ammonia (as N) 1.2 mg/L or less

E

Irrigation, Industrial

Cooling, Controlled Waste

disposal

pH between 6.0 to 8.5

Electrical Conductivity at 25°C micro mhos/cm

Max.2250

Sodium absorption Ratio Max. 26

Boron Max. 2 mg/L

(Source: http://cpcb.nic.in/Water_Quality_Criteria.php)

3.11 Soil Environment

Soil is our most important natural resource and a natural resource is anything that comes from the earth

and is used by us. We depend on the soil for food, clothing, shelter, minerals, clay & water. Soil is the

seat of many macro and micro flora like algae, fungi, earthworms, bacteria etc. These are very beneficial

in promoting soil reactions and decomposing the organic matter by which essential nutrients for plants

are liberated. Most of the soil is made-up of two main parts:

Tiny bits of mineral particles which come from larger rocks, and humus, which is dark brown in color

and consists of decaying remains of plants and animals.

Soil also contains water, air and living organisms, such as fungi, bacteria, earthworms, roundworms,

insects, etc. Actually more living organisms live in the soil than above it.

Methodology of sampling

The soil samples were collected from 8 selected locations. The samples collected were homogeneous

representative of each sampling location. At random sub locations were identified at each location and

soil samples were collected from 5 to 15 cm below the surface. It was uniformly mixed before

homogenizing the soil samples. The samples about 500 gm were packed in polythene bags labelled in

the field with location number and sent to the laboratory for the analysis of physicochemical parameters.

Soil Sampling Locations

Soil samples were collected from selected locations in the vicinity of the proposed project. For studying

soil quality environment in the study area, sampling locations were selected to assess the existing soil

conditions in and around the proposed plant area representing various land use conditions. The

homogenized samples were analyzed for physicochemical characteristics.





~ 102 ~


Figure 35: Google Image showing Soil Sampling Location

Table 38 Soil Sampling Locations

Location Code Sampling Locations Distance, km Direction

S-1 Project Site - 22° 4.208'N 70° 47.301'E

S-2 Ardoi 3.24 km, NE 22° 4.990'N, 70° 48.987'E

S-3 Gundasara 5.96 km, NNE 22° 6.972'N, 70° 49.076'E

S-4 Sindhavadar 7.64 km, WSW 22° 2.642'N, 70° 43.190'E

S-5 Hadamtala 2.08 km, NW 22° 3.570'N, 70° 48.320'E

S-6 Bhojpara 6.64 km, SSE 22° 0.623'N, 70° 47.649'E

S-7 Vaddhari 6.23 km, WNW 22° 5.266'N, 70° 43.858'E

S-8 Pipaliya 3.05 km, NNW 22° 5.676'N, 70° 46.479'E

(Source: Analysis during study period, GCI)





~ 103 ~

Photographs showing soil Sample Collection

Analysis of Soil Samples

The soil samples were examined for various physicochemical parameters, to determine the existing soil

characteristics of the study area. Physicochemical characteristics of soil are presented as follows:





~ 104 ~

Table 39 Physiochemical Characteristics of Soil (March 2019 to May 2019)

Sr. No Parameters Unit Results

Reference Method S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8

1 pH - 7.61 7.57 7.54 7.36 7.8 7.6 7.62 7.54 IS 2720 : Part 26 : 1987

2 Electrical Conductivity mS/cm 0.720 0.630 0.562 0.847 0.522 0.681 0.652 0.487 IS 14767: 2000

3 Soil Moisture Content % 10.4 10.7 11.5 7.89 10.2 10.8 9.8 12.7 IS2720 – Part – 2

4 Organic Carbon % 1.24 2.98 1.44 1.63 2.52 3.48 2.25 3.12 IS 2720 : Part 22 : 1972

5 Organic Matter % 0.97 1.35 0.76 1.12 0.90 1.23 2.10 1.74 IS 2720 : Part 22 : 1972

6 Phosphorus mg/kg 2.9 2.5 6.8 3.9 4.5 5.6 3.8 4.5 APHA 4500 – P

7 Potassium as K mg/kg 64.5 63.7 58.9 53.2 62.3 67.1 48.2 53.6 APHA 3500 – K - B

Nitrogen N mg/kg 113 130 112 105 124 128 122 127 APHA 4500-NORG

8 Calcium mg/kg 12.1 20.8 28.7 25.6 19.8 24.1 20.9 22.5 AHA 3500 –Ca– B

9 Magnesium mg/kg 1.5 6.7 2.3 3.6 2.1 5.4 3.6 4.2 APHA 3500 –Mg

10 Chloride mg/g 89 91 66 51 74 63 75 86 IS 6925: 1973

11 Zinc as Zn mg/kg 0.08 0.12 0.05 0.30 0.25 0.14 0.10 016 APHA 3111 B

12 Iron as Fe mg/kg 3.0 2.9 2.4 4.8 6.1 2.0 2.1 2.7 APHA 3111 B

13 Nickel as Ni mg/kg 0.08 0.14 0.19 0.21 0.16 0.30 0.17 0.12 APHA 3500-Ni

(Source: Analysis by GCI Laboratory

Interpretation of the physico-chemical characteristics of soil are summarized as below:

The pH values were observed in the range of 7.36 ~7.6.

EC values of all soil samples are normal& moderate.

Organic Carbon values were observed in the range of 1.24~3.48%.





~ 105 ~

Table 40 Physiochemical Characteristics of Soil(1th March to 20th March 2020)

Sr. No Parameters Unit

Results

Reference Method S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8

1 pH - 7.67 7.67 7.84 7.49 7.78 7.57 7.69 7.34 IS 2720 : Part 26 : 1987

2 Electrical Conductivity mS/cm 0.49 0.60 0.52 0.84 0.50 0.66 0.60 0.43 IS 14767: 2000

3 Soil Moisture Content % 7.6 10.4 10.9 7.1 9.0 9.9 9.6 11.7 IS2720 – Part – 2

4 Organic Carbon % 1.30 2.80 1.41 1.60 2.2 3.4 2.2 3.1 IS 2720 : Part 22 : 1972

5 Organic Matter % 2.24 4.8 2.43 2.75 3.78 1.23 5.85 5.33 IS 2720 : Part 22 : 1972

6 Phosphorus mg/kg 3.3 2.1 6.3 3.1 4.9 6.9 5.7 6.7 APHA 4500 – P

7 Potassium as K mg/kg 70.2 61.8 54.3 51.1 64.8 69.8 51.2 59.6 APHA 3500 – K - B

Nitrogen N Mg/kg 118 105 98 134 128 100 123 129 APHA 4500-NORG

8 Calcium mg/kg 16.8 22.9 24.5 23.6 17.5 22.6 24.7 24.9 AHA 3500 –Ca– B

9 Magnesium mg/kg 3.4 6.4 2.1 3.2 2.0 5.2 3.3 4.0 APHA 3500 –Mg

10 Chloride mg/g 64 87 60 41 72 68 75 89 IS 6925: 1973

11 Zinc as Zn mg/kg <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 APHA 3111 B

12 Iron as Fe mg/kg 3.8 2.3 2.0 4.1 6.0 2.2 2.7 2.5 APHA 3111 B

13 Nickel as Ni mg/kg <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 APHA 3500-Ni

(Source: Analysis by GCI Laboratory)

Interpretation of the physico-chemical characteristics of soil are summarized as below:

The pH values were observed in the range of 7.34 ~7.84.

EC values of all soil samples are normal& moderate.

Organic Carbon values were observed in the range of 1.3~3.4%.





~ 106 ~

3.12 Biological Environment

Biological resources of the area are an indicator of quality/health of the environment of the area.

Therefore, the study of the same is an important aspect to minimize the distribution due to the

intervention of the proposed project to accept in a sustainable approach. To achieve the goal, EIA study

was conducted during the month of March 2019 to May 2019to cover all the biological parameters.

Nature supports a great variety of living beings under a structural and functional unit called ecosystem.

In any natural ecosystem, there are several components which exist in harmony and survive only by

interdependence. These components may be either biotic or abiotic. Developmental activities often have

great impacts on the biodiversity both ecosystems as well as species level. Present study has been carried

out to inventories the biodiversity exist in the study area of present project, to evaluate the possible

impacts on biodiversity due to project activities and suggest effective mitigation measures against the

negative impacts.

The ecological study was undertaken to understand the present status of ecosystem of the area, to predict

changes as a result of proposed activities and to suggest measures for maintaining the conditions. This

carried through primary survey and secondary data collected from various Government agencies like

Forest Department, Agriculture Department, Scientific literatures etc.

The animal and plant communities co-exist in a well-organized manner. Their natural settings can get

disturbed by any externally induced anthropological activities or by naturally occurring calamities or

disaster. So, once this setting is disturbed, it sometimes is either practically impossible or may take a

longer time to come back to its original state. Hence changes in the status of flora and fauna are an

elementary requirement of Environmental Impact Assessment studies, in view of the need for

conservation of environmental quality and biodiversity. Information on flora and fauna was collected

within the study area.

Floral Compositions

The study includes both aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems. Diverse systems such as scrub forest,

cultivated lands and kitchen gardens of villages were visited and floral species identified. A total of 54

species of plants (including wild, ornamental and cultivated plants).The identified plant species with

scientific name, family, habit, habitat and type are given in below Table.

Table 41 List of Flora in the Study Area

Sr. No Species Name Family Habit

1 Abelmoschus moschatus Medic. Malvaceae Herb

2 Abrus precatorius L. Fabaceae Climber

3 Abutilon indicum (L.) Sweet Sterculiaceae Herb

4 Acacia catechu (L. f.) Willd. Mimosaceae Tree

5 Acacia ferruginea DC. Mimosaceae Tree

6 Acacia leucophloea (Roxb.) Willd. Mimosaceae Tree

7 Acacia nilotica (L.) Delile Mimosaceae Tree

8 Acacia planifrons Wight & Arn Mimosaceae Tree

9 Acacia senegal (L.) Willd. Mimosaceae Tree

10 Achyranthes aspera L. Amaranthaceae Herb

11 Aegle marmelos (L.) Correa ex Roxb. Rutaceae Tree

12 Aerva lanata (L.) Juss.ex Schultes Amaranthaceae Herb

13 Aerva sanguinolenta (L.) Bl. Amaranthaceae Herb

14 Ageratum conyzoides L. Asteraceae Herb





~ 107 ~


15 Ailanthus excelsa Roxb. Simaroubaceae Tree

16 Alangium salvifolium (L.f.) Wang. Alangiaceae Shrub

17 Albizia lebbek (L.) Benth. Mimosaceae Tree

18 Albizia odoratissima (L.f.) Benth. Mimosaceae Tree

19 Albizia procera (Roxb.) Benth. Mimosaceae Tree

20 Allium cepa L. Alliaceae Herb

21 Alternanthera paronychioides St. Amaranthaceae Herb

22 Alternanthera pungens Kunth Amaranthaceae Herb

23 Alternanthera sessilis (L.) R.Br.ex DC. Amaranthaceae Herb

24 Amaranthus caudatus L. Amaranthaceae Herb

25 Amaranthus spinosus L. Amaranthaceae Herb

26 Amaranthus viridis L. Amaranthaceae Herb

27 Annona squamosa L. Annonaceae Shrub

28 Anogeissus latifolia (Roxb.ex DC.) Wall.ex Guill.&

Perr. Combretaceae Tree

29 Argemone mexicana L. Papaveraceae Herb

30 Aristolochia indica L. Aristolochiaceae Climber

31 Azadirachta indica A. Juss.(Melia azadirachta L.) Meliaceae Tree

32 Balanites aegyptiaca Del. Balanitaceae Tree

33 Bauhinia racemosa Lam. Caesalpiniaceae Tree

34 Boerhavia diffusa L. Nyctaginaceae Herb

35 Bolboschoenus maritimus (L.) Palla Cyperaceae Herb

36 Bombax ceiba L.(B. malabaricum DC.) Bombacaceae Tree

37 Borassus flabellifer L. Arecaceae Tree

38 Boswellia serrata Roxb. ex Colebr.(B.glabra Roxb.) Burseraceae Tree

39 Bougainvillea spetabilis Willd. Nyctaginaceae Shrub

40 Brassica juncea (L.) Czern. Brassicaceae Herb

41 Bridelia retusa (L.) Spreng. Euphorbiaceae Tree

42 Bulbostylis barbata (Rottb.) C.B.Cl. Cyperaceae Herb

43 Butea monosperma (Lam.) Taub. Papilionaceae Tree

44 Calotropis gigantea R.Br. Ascelpiadaceae Shrub

45 Calotrpis procera (Ait.) R.Br. Ascelpiadaceae Shrub

46 Carthamus tinctorius L. Asteraceae Herb

47 Cassia auriculata L. Caesalpiniaceae Shrub

48 Cassia fistula L. Caesalpiniaceae Tree

49 Cassia occidentalis L. Caesalpiniaceae Herb

50 Cassia senna L. Caesalpiniaceae Herb

51 Cassia siamea Lam. Caesalpiniaceae Tree





~ 108 ~


52 Cassia tora L. Caesalpiniaceae Herb

53 Casuarina equisetifolia L. Casurinaceae Tree

54 Celosia argentea L. var. argentea Amaranthaceae Herb

Fauna Compostion

A total of 50 species of birds were observed during the present survey. The habitat types of the area

include agricultural land, scrub jungle, plantation, seasonal ponds, marshlands and fallow grasslands.

The various animal species in the study area are reported in Table 45. The richness of plant species of

the region is the prime cause for animal richness.

Table 42 List of Fauna

Sr. No Common Name ScientificName Family

1 Alexandrine Parakeet Psittacula eupatria Psittacidae

2 AshyDrongo Dicrurusleucophaeus Dicruridae

3 Asian Koel Eudynamysscolopacea Cuculidae

4 Asian Openbill-Stork Anastomusoscitans Ciconiidae

5 Asian Pied Starling Gracupicacontra Sturnidae

6 BankMyna Acridotheresginginianus Sturnidae

7 BayaWeaver Ploceus philippinus Ploceinae

8 BlackDrongo Dicrurusmacrocercus Dicruridae

9 BlackKite Milvus migrans Accipitridae

10 Black-napedOriole Oriolus chinensis Oriolidae

11 Black-shouldered Kite Elanus caeruleus Accipitridae

12 Black-wingedStilt Himantopus himantopus Recurvirostridae

13 Blue Rock Pigeon Columbalivia Columbidae

14 Blue-tailedBee- eater Meropsphilippinus Meropidae

15 Cattle Egret Bubulcus ibis Ardeidae

16 CommonHoopoe Upupa epops Upupidae

17 Common Myna Acridotherestristis Sturnidae

18 CommonSwallow Hirundo rustica Hirundinidae

19 CommonTailorbird Orthotomussutorius Cisticolidae

20 CoppersmithBarbet Megalaima

haemacephala

Megalaimidae

21 Crested Serpent Eagle Spilornischeela Accipitridae





~ 109 ~


22 Demoiselle Crane Anthropoidesvirgo Gruidae

23 Eurasian Collared Dove Streptopelia decaocto Columbidae

24 Eurasian Coot Fulica atra Rallidae

25 GlossyIbis Plegadis falcinellus Threskiornithidae

26 Golden Fronted Leafbird Chloropsisaurifrons Chloropseidae

27 GreatCormorant Phalacrocoraxcarbo Phalacrocoracidae

28 Greater Coucal Centropussinensis Cuculidae

29 GreenBee-eater Meropsorientalis Meropidae

30 GreyFrancolin Francolinus pondicerianus Phasianidae

31 Grey Heron Ardea cinerea Ardeidae

32 House Crow Corvussplendens Corvidae

33 House Sparrow Passerdomesticus Passeridae

34 House Swift Apusnipalensis Apodidae

35 Indian Cuckoo Cuculus micropterus Cuculidae

36 Indian Peafowl Pavo cristatus Phasianidae

37 Indian Pond-Heron Ardeola grayii Ardeidae

38 Indian Robin Saxicoloides fulicata Muscicapidae

39 Indian Roller Coracias benghalensis Coraciidae

40 IntermediateEgret Mesophoyx intermedia Ardeidae

41 Jungle Babbler Turdoidesstriata Leiothrichidae

42 Jungle Crow Corvusmacrorhynchos Corvidae

43 Jungle Myna Acridotheresfuscus Sturnidae

44 Large PiedWagtail Motacilla maderaspatensis Motacillidae

45 LesserCoucal Centropusbengalensis Cuculidae

46 LittleCormorant Phalacrocoraxniger Phalacrocoracidae

47 Little Egret EgrettaGarzetta Ardeidae

48 Little RingedPlover Charadrius dubius Charadriidae

49 Oriental Magpie- Robin Copsychussaularis Muscicapidae

50 OrientalWhiteIbis Threskiornis melanocephalus Threskiornithidae





~ 110 ~

Amphibians

Based on field observations and the available secondary information, a total of 5 species of

amphibians were recorded from the study area as given in the following Table.

Table 43 List of amphibians recorded in the study area


1 Asian Common Toad Bufo melanostictus Bufonidae

2 Common Tree Frog Polypedates maculatus Rhacophoridae

3 Indian Skipper Frog Euphlyctis cyanophlyctis Ranidae

4 Indus Valley Toad Duttaphrynus stomaticus Bufonidae

5 Paddyfield Frog Fejervarya limnocharis Dicroglossidae

Reptiles

Based on field observations and the available secondary information, a total of 16 species of reptiles

were recorded from the study area as given in the following Table.

Table 44 List of reptiles recorded in the study area

Sr.No Common Name ScientificName Family

1 Asian House Gecko Hemidactylusfrenatus Gekkonidae

2 Banded Racer Argyrogenafasciolata Colubridae

3 Brahminywormsnake Ramphotyphlopsbraminus Typhlopidae

4 Checkered Keelback Xenochrophispiscator Colubridae

5 CommonHouseGecko Hemidactylusflaviviridis Gekkonidae

6 CommonKrait BungarusCoeruleus Elapidae

7 CommonKukri Snake Oligodonarnensis Colubridae

8 CommonSkink Mabuya macularia Scincidae

9 CommonTrinket Snake CoelognathusHelenahelena Colubridae

10 GreenVine Snake Ahaetulla nasuta Colubridae

11 Indian Chameleon Chamaleonzeylanicus Chamaeleonidae

12 Indian Cobra Naja naja Elapidae

13 Indianfan-throated lizard Sitana ponticeriana Agamidae

14 Indian Rat Snake Ptyasmucosa Colubridae

15 Little Skink Lygosomapunctata Scincidae

16 OrientalGarden Lizard Calotesversicolor Agamidae

Mammals

There are no major wild animals in the study area and 5 mammals were recorded in study area.

Blue Bull (Nilgai) is found all over the study area. Nearly 200-300 Nilgai are found in the airport

site.

Table 45 Mammals recorded in the study area

Sr.No Common Name ScientificName Family

1. Black-nappedHare Lepusnigricollis Leporidae

2. CommonHouse Mouse Mus musculus Muridae

3. CommonMongoose Herpestesedwardsi Herpestidae

4. Blue Bull Boselaphus tragocamelus Bovidae

5. Three-striped Palm squirrel Funambulus palmarum Sciuridae





~ 111 ~

No any Schedule 1 Fauna found within 10 km of the project site, thus there is no requirement of

wildlife conservation plan.

3.13 Socio-economic Environment

Reconnaissance has been done to assess socio-economic status in the study area. The study area

is rural however basic amenities were observed to be available.

Methodology

Detailed socio-economic data were collected within 10 km radius of the Project site. Preliminary

information was collected during field investigation followed by secondary data from the census

of India 2011.

Socioeconomic Assessment

Socio economic status of the population is the indicator of the change in the life style due to the

developmental activities taking place in the region. The villages which appears within the 10 km radius

from the centre of the proposed Project site are considered for socioeconomic study.

3.14.3 Demography

(Source: Google Image)

Figure 36: Villages within 10 km radius

The study there is 32 villages in the study area. The demographic pattern of all the settlements as per

2011 census is given in below table.

Table 46 List of villages present in the study area

Sr. No. Name of Village Distance from the Project

Site

Direction from the Project

Site

1 Ardoi 3.20 km ENE

2 Soliya 6.69 km E

3 Analgadh 8.58 km SW

4 Gundasara 5.93 km NE

5 Pipaliya 3.13 km N

6 Ribda 6.40 km N

8 Kotda Sangani 8.57 km ESE

9 Khareda 7.69 km SE

10 Panchiyavadar 6.50 km SE





~ 112 ~

Sr. No. Name of Village Distance from the Project

Site

Direction from the Project

Site

11 Shemla 4.20 km SSE

12 Hadamtala 2.03 km ESE

13 Rib 6.99 km WNW

14 Mungavavadi 7.29 km NW

15 Vaddhari 6.26 km WNW

16 Daliya 7.70 km W

17 Sindhavadar 7.69 km WSW

18 Mahika Mota 4.88 km WSW

19 Bhunava 2.66 km SSW

20 Mahika Nana 6.42 km SSW

21 Naranka 9.61 km NNE

22 Umvada Mota 9.30 km SSW

25 Nagadka 7.31 km SSW

26 Bhojpara 6.62 km S

27 Bharudi 2.40 km W

28 Biliyala 4.80 km SSW

30 Shapar 9.70 km NNE

31 Siddarth Nagar 9.24 km SSE

32 Valadhari 6.24 km WNW

Sex Ratio

Sex ratio is number of females per 1000 males. In the study area the sex ratio is 922. As per the

Census 2011 the male population is 52% while female population is 48% of the total population. Table 47 Village-wise details of Population

Sr. No Village

No of

Household

s

Total

Populatio

n

Male Female Sex Ratio

(females/males)*1000

1. Ardoi 645 3162 1623 1539 948.24

2. Soliya 220 1090 555 535 963.96

3. Anandpar 149 874 440 434 986.36

4. Gundasara 290 1410 707 703 994.34

5. Pipaliya 209 1032 516 516 1000.00

6. Ribda 311 1545 785 760 968.15

7. Kotda Sangani 12230 62059 31732 30327 955.72

8. Kherda 368 1873 962 911 946.99

9. Panchiyavadar 109 654 341 313 917.89

10. Shemla 320 1617 821 796 969.55

11. Hadamatala 184 1122 583 539 924.53

12. Rib 280 1392 698 694 994.27

13. Mungavavdi 186 960 493 467 947.26

14. Vaddhari 217 1014 504 510 1011.90

15. Daliya 375 2007 1013 994 981.24

16. Sindhavadar 103 569 305 264 865.57

17. Mahika Mota 240 1117 568 549 966.55

18. Bhunava 201 992 507 485 956.61

19. Mahika Nana 173 828 423 405 957.45

20. Naranka 244 1097 564 533 945.04

21. Umvada Mota 268 1426 738 688 932.25

22. Nagadka 137 724 384 340 885.42





~ 113 ~

Sr. No Village

No of

Household

s

Total

Populatio

n

Male Female Sex Ratio

(females/males)*1000

23. Bhojpara 239 1231 644 587 911.49

24. Bharudi 253 1284 661 623 942.51

25. Biliyala 306 1794 930 864 929.03

26. Shapar 2602 9249 5430 3819 703.31

Figure 37: Population of the study area

Social Structure:

Out of total population, 12 % is SC population and 0.35% is ST Population.

Table 48 Social Distribution

Sr.

No. Name

Total

Populati

on

Person

Scheduled

Castes

population

Person

Schedule

d Castes

populati

on Male

Schedule

d Castes

populati

on

Female

Schedule

d Tribes

populatio

n Person

Sched

uled

Tribes

popula

tion

Male

Schedul

ed

Tribes

populati

on

Female

1. Ardoi 3162 560 287 273 3 2 1

2. Soliya 1090 68 35 33 0 0 0

3. Anandpar 874 43 24 19 0 0 0

4. Gundasara 1410 124 66 58 0 0 0

5. Pipaliya 1032 204 102 102 0 0 0

6. Ribda 1545 205 103 102 14 10 4

7. Kotda

Sangani 62059 7433 3801 3632 361 194 167

8. Khareda 1873 491 250 241 0 0 0

9. Panchiyavad

ar 654 108 53 55 0 0 0

10. Shemla 1617 44 13 31 0 0 0

11. Hadamatala 1122 148 75 73 0 0 0

12. Rib 1392 18 10 8 0 0 0

13. Mungavavdi 960 243 116 127 0 0 0

14. Vaddhari 1014 132 63 69 0 0 0

15. Daliya 2007 190 101 89 0 0 0

16. Sindhavadar 569 22 14 8 28 15 13

51%

49%

Population of the Study Area

Total Population Male

Total Population

Female





~ 114 ~

Sr.

No. Name

Total

Populati

on

Person

Scheduled

Castes

population

Person

Schedule

d Castes

populati

on Male

Schedule

d Castes

populati

on

Female

Schedule

d Tribes

populatio

n Person

Sched

uled

Tribes

popula

tion

Male

Schedul

ed

Tribes

populati

on

Female

17. Mahika

Mota 1117 24 14 10 20 11 9

18. Bhunava 992 190 97 93 13 4 9

19. Mahika

Nana 828 15 9 6 13 4 9

20. Naranka 724 102 46 56 0 0 0

21. Umvada

Mota 1426

302 164 138 0 0 0

22. Nagadka 724 115 63 52 36 21 15

23. Bhojpara 1231 210 107 103 4 2 2

24. Bharudi 1284 205 101 104 0 0 0

25. Biliyala 1794 433 217 216 0 0 0

26. Shapar 9249 1060 566 494 242 145 97

Figure 38: Social profile of the study area

Literacy

The overall percentage of literate in the area is 69 %. Total literate population is 6963. The

literacy rate of male is 38 % while literacy rate in female is 31 %.

Table 49 Literacy Rate

Sr. No. Name

Total

Population

Person

Literates

Populati

on

Person

Literates

Populati

on Male

Literates

Populati

on

Female

Illiterat

e

Persons

Illiterate

Male

Illiterate

Female

1. Ardoi 3162 2298 1242 1056 864 381 483

2. Soliya 1090 738 404 334 352 151 201

88%

12%

0%

Social Profile of the Study Area

Total Population Person

SC Population

ST Population





~ 115 ~

Sr. No. Name

Total

Population

Person

Literates

Populati

on

Person

Literates

Populati

on Male

Literates

Populati

on

Female

Illiterat

e

Persons

Illiterate

Male

Illiterate

Female

3. Anandpar 874 549 306 243 325 134 191

4. Gundasara 1410 1151 593 558 259 114 145

5. Pipaliya 1032 858 444 414 174 72 102

6. Ribda 1545 1126 616 510 419 169 250

7. Kotda

Sangani 62059 42773 23673 19100 19286 8059 11227

8. Kherda 1873 1320 726 594 553 236 317

9. Panchiyava

dar 654 501 274 227 153 67 86

10. Shemla 1617 1025 544 481 592 277 315

11. Hadamatal

a 1122 670 381 289 452 202 250

12. Rib 1392 1039 575 464 353 123 230

13. Mungavav

di 960 723 406 317 237 87 150

14. Vaddhari 1014 673 377 296 341 127 214

15. Daliya 2007 1407 768 639 600 245 355

16. Sindhavada

r 569 414 240 174 155 65 90

17. Mahika

Mota 1117 747 430 317 370 138 232

18. Bhunava 992 727 406 321 265 101 164

19. Mahika

Nana 828 650 355 295 178 68 110

20. Naranka 724 857 486 371 240 78 162

21. Umvada

Mota 1426

978 546 432 448 192 256

22. Nagadka 724 518 303 215 206 81 125

23. Bhojpara 1231 713 407 306 518 237 281

24. Bharudi 1284 943 518 425 341 143 198

25. Biliyala 1794 1385 745 640 409 185 224

26. Shapar 9249 6329 3985 2344 2920 1445 1475





~ 116 ~

Figure 39: Population Literacy of the study area

Occupational Pattern

The overall percentage of main workers in the area is 33%.

38%

31%

31%

Population Literacy in the Study Area

Literates Population Male

Literate Population Female

Illiterate Persons





~ 117 ~

Table 50 Occupational Pattern

Sr. No. Name

Total

Population

Person

Total

Worker

Population

Person

Total

Worker

Population

Male

Total

Worker

Population

Female

Main

Working

Population

Person

Main

Cultivator

Population

Person

Main

Agricultural

Labourers

Population

Person

Main

Household

Industries

Population

Person

Main

Other

Workers

Population

Person

Marginal

Worker

Population

Person

Non

Working

Population

Person

Non

Working

Population

Male

Non Working

Population

Female

1. Ardoi 3162 1232 1001 231 1140 767 230 1 142 92 1930 622 1308

2. Soliya 1090 430 332 98 428 203 142 1 82 2 660 223 437

3. Anandpar 874 254 231 23 218 115 67 0 36 36 620 209 411

4. Gundasara 1410 551 432 119 549 343 105 10 91 2 859 275 584

5. Pipaliya 1032 487 374 113 482 259 163 0 60 5 759 258 501

6. Ribda 1545 475 447 28 433 189 14 5 225 42 1070 338 732

7. Kotda Sangani 62059 28641 19475 9166 25148 13500 6367 223 5058 3493 33418 12257 21161

8. Khareda 1873 852 542 310 716 260 209 6 241 136 1021 420 601

9. Panchiyavadar 654 192 159 33 191 107 81 0 3 1 462 182 280

10. Shemla 1617 809 493 316 504 237 179 0 88 305 808 328 480

11. Hadamatala 1122 458 393 65 440 265 163 1 11 18 664 190 474

12. Rib 1392 646 430 216 613 285 170 0 158 33 746 268 478

13. Mungavavdi 960 405 302 103 403 280 93 1 29 2 555 191 364

14. Vaddhari 1014 342 316 26 327 126 70 3 128 15 672 188 484

15. Daliya 2007 984 609 375 675 420 140 0 115 309 1023 404 619

16. Sindhavadar 569 269 165 104 261 82 170 4 5 8 300 140 160

17. Mahika Mota 1117 407 344 63 349 125 102 15 107 58 710 224 486

18. Bhunava 992 636 318 318 360 152 102 0 106 276 356 189 167

19. Mahika Nana 828 407 263 144 404 259 106 9 30 3 421 160 261

20. Naranka 724 558 335 223 356 172 28 1 155 202 539 229 310

21. Umvada Mota 1426 560 431 129 559 277 177 0 105 1 866 307 559

22. Nagadka 724 240 223 17 184 97 43 2 42 56 484 161 323

23. Bhojpara 1231 499 383 116 485 153 215 13 104 14 732 261 471

24. Bharudi 1284 505 383 122 456 267 34 1 154 49 779 278 501

25. Biliyala 1794 592 521 71 568 256 24 0 288 24 1202 409 793

26. Shapar 9249 4302 3785 517 4230 289 133 9 3799 72 4947 1645 3302





~ 118 ~

Figure 40: Occupational Pattern of the study area

3.14 Traffic Study

Reconnaissance

The traffic survey, to ascertain the traffic density in the study area was conducted on the road near the

project site. The composition of Traffic includes Two Wheelers, Three Wheelers(Goods & Passenger

Autos, Four Wheeler (Passenger Cars) and Four Wheeler HeavyVehicles like Trucks, Lorries Busses

etc.

Traffic survey of the Study Area

Data was collected by physically counting the number of vehicles plying in both directions of NH 8B

and one approach road near the project site.The hourly counts werecarried out for the different

type/category of vehicles. The variation in the traffic flow at thegiven road along with the number of

vehicles during peak hour & lean hour is presented in the Table.

Table 51 Traffic Survey

Hours

Two Wheeler Three Wheeler Passenger cars Trucks ,Buses

and lorry Total vehicles

v/hr PCU/h

r (0.75) v/hr

PCU/hr

(1.2) v/hr

PCU/hr

(1) v/hr

PCU/hr

(3.7) Total

Total

PCU/H

r

06-07 am 25 19 22 26 50 50 45 167 142 262

07-08 am 71 53 23 28 44 44 60 222 198 347

08-09 am 89 67 33 40 93 93 67 248 282 447

09-10 am 84 63 35 42 99 99 110 407 328 611

10-11 am 100 75 49 59 110 110 153 566 412 810

11-12 pm 129 97 54 65 125 125 112 414 420 701

12-01 pm 12 9 42 50 121 121 130 481 305 661

01-02 pm 125 94 44 53 70 70 127 470 366 686

02-03 pm 112 84 54 65 87 87 130 481 383 717

03-04 pm 110 83 39 47 84 84 131 485 364 698

04-05 pm 109 82 41 49 109 109 108 400 367 640

05-06 pm 125 94 44 53 129 129 116 429 414 705

06-07 pm 135 101 40 48 100 100 126 466 401 715

07-08 pm 118 89 44 53 90 90 127 470 379 701

08-09pm 109 82 31 37 68 68 112 414 320 601

09-10pm 81 61 28 34 55 55 119 440 283 590

10-11pm 85 64 20 24 42 42 73 270 220 400

33%

5%

62%

Occupational Pattern of the Study Area

Main Workers

Marginal Workers

Non Workers





~ 119 ~

Hours

Two Wheeler Three Wheeler Passenger cars Trucks ,Buses

and lorry Total vehicles

v/hr PCU/h

r (0.75) v/hr

PCU/hr

(1.2) v/hr

PCU/hr

(1) v/hr

PCU/hr

(3.7) Total

Total

PCU/H

r

11-12am 60 45 21 25 48 48 44 163 173 281

12-01am 41 31 18 22 37 37 35 130 131 219

01-02am 30 23 10 12 32 32 29 107 101 174

02-03am 47 35 9 11 18 18 20 74 94 138

03-04am 42 32 10 12 17 17 19 70 88 131

04-05am 45 34 16 19 28 28 21 78 110 159

05-06am 33 25 17 20 38 38 24 89 112 172

The highest peak observed is 810 PCU/hr during 10 am to 11 am

Table: Level of Service

Sr. No. Existing Volume/Capacity Ratio Level of Services

1. 0.0 to 0.2 “A” (Excellent)

2. 0.2 to 0.4 “B” (Very Good)

3. 0.4 to 0.6 “C” (Good)

4. 0.6 to 0.8 “D” (Fair)

5. 0.8 to 1.0 “E” (Poor)

Existing Traffic Scenario & Level of Services

Capacity of road as per IRC = 3600 PCU’s/hr

Total Volume during Peak Hours = 2886

Existing Volume/Capacity ratio = 810/3600= 0.22

The level of service is “B” that is “B” (Very Good).

Traffic Scenario & Level of Services: During Construction

During construction phase, local labors of around 20 will be employed. Additional traffic from proposed

project will be estimated 4 trucks/tanker per hour or 15 PCU/hr.

Total volume during peak hours during construction of the project (V) = 810+ 15 = 825

Capacity of Road as per IRC (C) = 3600 PCU’s/hr

Modified Existing Volume/Capacity ratio will be (V/C) = 825/3600 = 0.23

The level of service of the road will be “B” during construction that is “(Very Good)”.

Traffic Scenario & Level of Services: During Operation

After completion of the project the expected PCUs will be 25 PCU per day.

Total volume during peak hours during construction of the project (V) = 810 + 25 = 835

Capacity of Road as per IRC (C) = 3600 PCU’s/hr

Modified Existing Volume/Capacity ratio will be (V/C) = 835/3600 = 0.23

The level of service of the road will be “B” during construction that is “(Very Good)”.





~ 120 ~

4 CHAPTER 4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL

IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES





~ 121 ~

4.1 Prelude

This chapter identifies and predicts the potential impacts on different environmental components due

to the construction and operation of the proposed project. It details all the potential impacts on

biophysical and socio-economic components of the local environment due to the proposed activities

and sub-activities.

This chapter presents identification and appraisal of the likely impacts due to the proposed of M/s.

Maruti Mica. Prediction of impacts is the most important component in the Environmental Impact

Assessment studies. Several qualitative and quantitative techniques and methodologies are used to

conduct analysis of the potential impacts likely to build up as a result of the proposed development

activities on physico-chemical, ecological and socio-economic environments. Such predictions are

superimposed over the baseline (pre-project) status of the environmental quality to derive at the ultimate

(post-project) scenario of environmental conditions. The prediction and identification of impacts helps

to minimize the adverse impacts and maximize the beneficial impacts on environmental quality during

pre and post project execution.

4.2 Valued Environmental Components and Potential Impacts

The project activities will interact with various valued Environmental Components viz., air, water, soil,

land, flora & fauna, etc. The components that may be affected due to the proposedmanufacturing of

synthetic resin adhesive and require focused evaluation are summarized in the following sub-sections,

considering both construction phase as well as operation phase of the project.

4.2.1 Environmental Impact Matrix

The below given table shows the Environmental Impact Matrix that shows the Short Term (+,-), Long

Term (+,-) and No Impact of proposed project on Air, Land, Water, Flora, Fauna, Socio-Economic

Environment during construction and operation phase.

Table 52 Environmental Impact Matrix

Activities Air Land Ambient

Noise

Water

Quality

Solid

Waste Flora Fauna

Socio-

Economic

Environment

Construction Phase

Sewage NI NI NI NI NI NI NI NI

Vehicular Emissions ST- NI ST- NI NI ST- ST- NI

Waste Water Generation NI ST- NI NI NI ST- ST- NI

Material handling ST- NI ST- NI ST- NI NI NI

O & M of construction

machinery NI LT- ST- NI NI NI NI NI

Disposal of domestic waste

and effluent NI LT- NI ST- NI ST- NI NI

Income generation NI NI NI NI NI NI NI ST+

Employment generation NI NI NI NI NI NI NI ST+

Operation Phase

Sewage NI NI NI NI NI NI NI NI

Effluent generation and

discharge NI NI NI NI NI NI NI NI

Solid waste generation &

discharge NI NI NI NI NI NI NI NI

Increase in vehicular

movement LT- NI LT- NI NI NI NI NI

Transportation of raw

material and final product ST- NI ST- NI NI ST- ST- ST+





~ 122 ~

Activities Air Land Ambient

Noise

Water

Quality

Solid

Waste Flora Fauna

Socio-

Economic

Environment


chemicals NI NI NI NI NI NI NI NI

Green belt development LT+ LT+ LT+ LT+ NI LT+ LT+ LT+

Employment generation NI NI NI NI NI NI NI LT+

Notations:

ST+ Short Term Positive Impact

ST- Short Term Negative Impact

LT+ Long Term Positive Impact

LT- Long Term Negative Impact

NI No Impact

During tramsportation of raw materials and end products, some short term impact can occur on Air,

Land, Noise, Flora and Fauna. As a mitigative measures, the raw materials must be transported in a

closed containers to avoid fugitive emissions and vehicals having PUC certificate, only should be

allowed for transportation activities.

During minor construction phase of the project, activities like grading, transportation & storage of

construction material, civil construction, mechanicalfabrication & erection will be carried out at the

minimum level because there are nomajor changes to occur for the proposed plant except installation

of few newtypes of machinery. During construction phase, major impacts anticipated will beincrease in

dust contamination and noise. However, these impacts will be limited up toconstruction period only.

Impacts during construction phase and its mitigation measuresare given in Table

Table 53 Construction Phase impacts & its Mitigation Measures

Attributes Activities and Impact Mitigation Measures

Land

Activity :Removal of top soil and excavated

earth

Impact: Short term negative minor impacts due

to grading, excavation, etc.

There will be very less impact on landdue to

construction activities because unitrequires very

less civil work for the proposed

Air

Activity: Mechanical fabrication Impact: Short

term negative impact due to dusting during

erection &transportation activities.

Barrier sheet will be provided to avoiddispersion

of dust in surrounding area.Mask, helmet,

goggles etc. will be provided to workers

Noise

Activity: Erection activitiesmay generate noise

fromequipment and fromtransport vehicles.

Impact:Short term negativeimpacts due to

variousfabrication & erectionactivities

Maintenance of vehicles, equipment withproper

civil planning will reduce increasein noise

levels. Mechanical fabrication, erection and

related transportationactivities will be carried

out during daytimes only. Personal protective

equipment’s like ear plug and ear muff will be

provided.

Water

Activity: Sewage generationmay affect the soil

andsurface water if dischargedwithout

management.

Impact :Short term negative

impacts due to water consumption and sewage

generation

Water requirement will be fulfilled by Borewell.

Sewage will betreated into soak pit or sewage

treatment plant.

Good construction practices will beadopted to

minimize water wasting andpollution. All the

measures will be takento prevent any type of

water contaminations.





~ 123 ~

Attributes Activities and Impact Mitigation Measures

Socio-

economy

Activity: Mechanical fabrication & erection

activities for proposed will generate employment

for the local 9 people (directimpact). Also, some

vendors (indirect impact) may comeup in the

area to serve theworkers.

Impact : Short time positive impact due to

temporary Employment generation

Temporary employment will be generated due to

transportation, fabrication etc. which will help

inimproving socio-economic level of engaged

people.

Ecology

Activity: The local flora and fauna will be

affected due to construction activities.

Impact:Long term positive impact due to

greenbelt development

Greenbelt development will be done on 358 m2

of area. This will have positive impacts on local

flora-fauna and also will act as absorbent of air

pollution and noise. Will help in reducing soil

erosion.

4.3 Potential Impacts and Mitigation Measures during Operation phase

Long term impacts on the air quality are anticipated due to operational activities. The baseline ambient

air quality status in the study area during post monsoon season indicates that all the criteria pollutants

(gaseous as well as particulates), viz., PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, CO, etc. are well within the prescribed

National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS set by CPCB).

Stack monitoring will be carried out while following proper guidelines. Air pollution control measures

like Multi-cyclone separator will be equipped in the stack. Maintenance will be done for good

performance of APCDs.

4.4 Air Quality Modelling

AERMOD View – Lake Environmental Software, which is a Gaussian-Plume atmospheric dispersion

algorithm for estimating concentration of pollutant, has been used to predict the Ground Level

Concentrations (GLC’s) of PM10, SO2 and NO2 due to plant activity. The GLC’s were predicted on 24

hourly average basis keeping in view the prescribed national ambient air quality standards (NAAQS).

Data used for Modeling

The hourly meteorological data along with emission rate for individual pollutants used for prediction

of air quality impacts as given in chapter 2 has been taken into consideration.

Particulate matter (PM10).The predicted concentrations of PM10 for Post Monsoon season are shown in

the form of isopleths in Figure and Table .

Table 54 Ground level Concentration of PM10in μg/m3

Sr.

No.

Location

Code

Name of

Location

Distance &

Direction

fromProject

Site

Predicted

GLC

μg/m3

Baseline

result

(Avg.)

μg/m3

Incremental

result after

development

of Project

1 AAQ-1 Project Site - 0.21 70.80 71.01

2 AAQ-2 Ardoi 3.24 km, NE 0.01 63.9 63.91

3 AAQ-3 Gundasara 5.96 km, NNE 0.0 75.3 75.30

4 AAQ-4 Sindhavadar 7.64 km,

WSW 0.0 72.89 72.89

5 AAQ-5 Hadamtala 2.08 km, NW 0.2 78.9 79.10





~ 124 ~

6 AAQ-6 Bhojpara 6.64 km, SSE 0.01 80.7 80.71

7 AAQ-7 Vaddhari 6.23 km,

WNW 0.0 68.1 68.10

8 AAQ-8 Pipaliya 3.05 km,

NNW 0.0 66.92 66.92

Figure 41 Ground Level Concentration of PM10

The maximum concentration for PM 10 GLC was found to be 1.04 μg/m3

Sulphur dioxide (SO2)

The predicted concentrations of SO2 for study period are shown in the form of isopleths in Figure 42

and Table 58.





~ 125 ~

Table 55 Ground level Concentration of SO2 in μg/m3

Sr.

No.

Location

code

Name of

location

Distance &

Direction from

Project site

Predicted

GLC μg/m3

Baseline

result (Avg.)

μg/m3

Incremental

result after

development

of Project

1 AAQ-1 Project Site - 0.473 7.8 8.273

2 AAQ-2 Ardoi 3.24 km, NE 0.01 7.00 7.01

3 AAQ-3 Gundasara 5.96 km, NNE 0.00 8.30 8.30

4 AAQ-4 Sindhavadar 7.64 km, WSW 0.00 8.02 8.02

5 AAQ-5 Hadamtala 2.08 km, NW 0.00 8.70 8.70


7 AAQ-7 Vaddhari 6.23 km, WNW 0.00 7.50 7.50

8 AAQ-8 Pipaliya 3.05 km, NNW 0.004 7.36 7.364

Figure 42: Ground Level Concentration of SO2

The maximum concentration for SO2 GLC was found to be 0.26 μg/m3

Oxides of Nitrogen (NO2)





~ 126 ~

The predicted concentrations of NO2 for study period are shown in the form of isopleths in Figure and

Table

Table 56 Ground level Concentration of NO2 in μg/m3

Sr.

No.

Location

code

Name of

location

Distance &

Direction from

Project site

Predicted

GLC μg/m3

Baseline

result

(Avg.)

μg/m3

Incremental

result after

development

of Project

1 AAQ-1 Project Site - 0.14 13.10 13.24

2 AAQ-2 Ardoi 4.03 km, ENE 0.01 13.40 13.41

3 AAQ-3 Gundasara 5.73 km, NE 0.00 15.80 15.80

4 AAQ-4 Sindhavadar 1.59 km, SSW 0.00 15.31 15.31

5 AAQ-5 Hadamtala 3.56 km, SE 0.15 16.60 16.75


7 AAQ-7 Vaddhari 4.96 km, W 0.00 14.30 14.30

8 AAQ-8 Pipaliya 1.89 km, NNW 0.00 14.05 14.05

Figure 43 Ground Level Concentration of NO2

The maximum concentration for NO2 GLC was found to be 0.4086 μg/m3





~ 127 ~

The prediction results corresponding to PM10, SO2 and NO2as shown above indicate that theair quality

impacts with respect to pollutants exclusively from the proposedprojects would be insignificant and the

post-project status shall remain under prescribed NAAQS for Industrial, Residential and other areas.

Also, during the operation phase of the project, the impacts on air quality due to vehicular emissions

will be very less.It is for these reasons that the ambient air quality predictions using models have not

been carried out for fugitive emissions from vehicles.

4.5 Noise Level

There will be chances of increase in noise level due to the operation of plant andmachineries for

manufacturing activities, utility operations and transportation of products, raw materials and fuel.

Exposure to continuous and extensive noise at a level higher than 85 dBA may lead tohearing loss.

Continuous hearing loss differs from person to person with the level, frequency and duration of the

noise exposed. Negative impact of noise on human is generally of a physiological and psychological

nature. Hearing losses are the mostcommon effects among the physiological ones. Blood pressure

increases, heart beat accelerations, appearance of muscle reflexes, sleeping disorders may be

consideredamong the other physiological effects. The psychological effects of noise are morecommon

compared to the psychological ones and they can be seen in the forms ofannoyance, stress, anger and

concentration disorders as well as difficulties in resting andperception.

Main source of noise in proposed plant is D. G. Set. However, the same will be stand byand operated

only in case of main power failure. Proper and timely lubrication, oilingand maintenance is carried out

for all plant and machineries. Thus, there will not be anymajor source of higher noise generation which

can be propagated in vicinity.Ear plugs and ear muffs are provided to the workers working in high noise

area.Greenbelt will act as a barrier to the spread of noise in the vicinity.

Regular noisemonitoring will be carried out at the prominent place in the premises. As far as the noise

that generated due to the transportation is concerned, the same will be minimizedthrough by maintaining

transport vehiclesproperly.

4.6 Water Environment

Domestic wastewater generated will be treated in Soak Pit or STP.The final treated industrial effluent

from ETP willbe evaporated in an evaporator and condensate water will be reused in industrialactivities

after proposed.

Pucca flooring will be done at ETP area to avoid any type of leakage that can percolate into soil and

contaminat the ground water. Thus, there will not be any adverse impact on Ground water as well as

Surface water during operation phase.

4.7 Land Environment

During operation, Project activities such as improper Solid waste management, Direct discharging of

Sewage on land can cause direct and indirect effect on soil. For this, all the necessary air pollution

control system has been provided in existing and keep continue after the proposed. Sothat there will not

be any adverse impact on soil.

But, there will be no adverse effect of wastewater on soil since the treated effluent generated from the

ETP is evaporated in an evaporator. All necessary control steps/measures will be provided in proposed

plant for handling,





~ 128 ~

Storage and disposal of solid/ hazardous waste generated. Industry will also develop greenbelt within

the premises which prevent soil erosion which may change the landuse.

4.8 Soil Quality

Impact: There are no major sources of land contamination from waste spillage. The used oil shall be

collected in drums and shall be sold to the authorized recyclers identified by the GPCB/ CPCB.

4.9 Socio-Economic Environment

Proposed project will have long term positive impact on socio-economicenvironment due to generation

of direct employment for about 9 People. Preference will be given to the local people from thenearby

villages as per the requirement. In addition, secondary job will beincreasedbecause of the day-to-day

needs with the upcoming project. This willincrease the employment opportunity in the area as well as

improve the living standard of the people in the area which also will help in improving educational,

medical, healthand sanitation awareness in the people. Resident as well as local employees will get

benefited by facilities like drinking water, sanitation, first aid etc. provided by the proposed project M/s.

Maruti Mica.

Moreover, unit carries out CER activities in the nearby area in the field of health, sanitation, medical

aids, educational aids and contribution in infrastructuraldevelopment which has beneficial impacts on

socio-economic environment.

4.10 Ecology and Biodiversity

There is no sanctuary and national park within the 10 km area from the proposed projectsite. Also no

rare and endangered flora and fauna have been reported during study in 10km area surrounding to the

project site. Proposed project will be carried out inthe land of the industrial premises and no vegetation

will be required to becleared.

Chances of adverse impacton ecology due to the propose project may occurr due to air pollution caused

by flue gases emission.Regular monitoring of various parameterswill be carried out. Thus, this will

definitely reduce the impact of air pollution on surroundingecology due to the proposed project.

Greenbelt development will havepositive impact on flora and fauna

4.11 Occupational Health

Several health related issues can be occurred with the workers of Synthetic organic chemicals industry

dueto long term exposure in dusting, noise, handling of some hazardous chemicals,gaseous emissions

etc. proper Sign boards will be provided for workers to make them aware from possible occupational

hazards.





~ 129 ~

In the proposed unit, drinking water and sanitation facilities will be provided toworkers. All the

necessary personal protective equipment’s will be provided for therespective works. The unit will

provide such arrangements to minimize manualhandling of chemicals and hazardous wastes. Regular

health check-ups will be carried out ofall the workers and record is maintained for the same. Medical,

fire and safety trainings will be given time-to-time. Moreover, unit will provide proper environmental

managementsystem and will operate with good efficiently. Thus, there will not be any possibility

ofadverse impact on workers’ health & the same shall be continued further with theupcoming

project.Thus, no adverse impact is expected on sanitation and community health.

4.12 Geo- Hydrology

There should be proper collection and handling of effluent to avoid any leakages andspillages. It is

recommended to provide pucca flooring in the process area as well as in chemical storage area.

Chemical storage area is to be provided with dyke wall to controlor stop the effluent discharge on land

which may contaminate soil. Industry should explore the possibility of reuse/recycle and other cleaner

production options forreduction of waste and to conserve fresh water.

Specific mitigation as the creation of sediment retention basins or planting of rapidlygrowing vegetation

to improve the moist condition of soil and control soil erosion. Toperform rain water harvesting system

for ground water recharge purpose as it issimple,economical and eco friendly. It reduce run off ground

water pollution and soil erosion.

4.13 Odour Management Plan

Odour Problem and Sources of emission

Causes of odour can be bad sanitation, bacterial growth in the interconnecting pipes & unattended

drains etc.

Remedial Measures

• Use of sanitation biocides to minimize the growth of aerobic/ anaerobic microorganisms

• Steaming of major pipelines

• Proper cleaning of drains

• Regular use of bleaching powder in the drains to avoid growth of Sulphur decomposing

microorganisms to control H2S generation.

Figure 44 Safety Board (For Symboltic Only)





~ 130 ~

5 CHAPTER 5 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES





~ 131 ~

5.1 Introduction

It is the best practice that the EIA should consider project alternatives and their relative potential impact

on the environment. Alternatives must, however be both practical and reasonable, within the overall

constraints of the proposed project development. The project alternative is the way of action in pace of

another, that would meet the same purpose and need, but which would avoid or minimize negative

impacts and enhance project benefits.

5.2 Site Alternative

The project site is in proximity of Rajkot District of Gujarat State and the proposed project is to be

operated within the existing area. Projectproponent is very well familiar with the surrounding

environment; therefore, it becomes easy for the expansion unit to set up, operate & maintain the project

on choosenlocation i.e. Survey No. 88, Plot no. 7, Hadamtala Industrial Zone, Gondal Highway, B/h.

Santosh Petrol pump, Tal. Kotda Sangani, Dist. Rajkot (Gujarat).

The other supporting features are briefly summarized here under:

Availability of adequate land within the existing facility; availability of all basic facilities like

infrastructure,communication, transportation, medical facilities, fuel, water, power, unskilled & skilled

manpower, raw materials, road network etc.

Proximity of market; Nearest City Rajkot is 26.41 km away from the project sitewhich is very well

connected with other parts of the country by road & rail.

No R & R will be required; Easy availability of manpower

No national park or wildlife habitats fall within 10 km radial distance from theproject site.

The location of project is best suited to expand the manufacturing activities. So noalternative for

site is analysed.

5.3 Alternative for Technologies

The current process technology is at low pressure &temperature, thereare no runaway or hazardous

reactions, and advance technology is avaiable from USA however it’s economically not

feasible.Different alternative treatments like MEE, ETP etc. will be adopted for different types of

effluent streams with different characteristics based on the feasibility to achieve the statutory limits for

effluent discharge. Different alternatives for reduce, reuse & recycle will be adopted in the plant.

Overall integrated approach will be used for effluent treatment.

Sr.

No. Particular Proposed technologies Alternatives

1. Manufacturing

Process

The current process technology is

at low pressure & temperature,

there are no runaway or hazardous

reactions, and advance technology

is avaiable from USA however it’s

economically not feasible

The unit is very concerned and

conscious about the product quality

and equally about the environmental

protection & resource conservation.

Hence, unit will put continuous

efforts for replacing / upgrading plant

and machineries from time to time

with the best available

technology.





~ 132 ~

1. Water

Wastewater (washing and process)

will be collected in collection cum

neutralization tank. After

completion of primary treatment,

wastewater will be taken towards

sludge separation and sludge to

sludge drying bed.

ETP sludge along with evaporation

residue from evaporator will be

disposed off at TSDF site.

Domestic wastewater will be

treated in Soak Pit & Septic tank.

No alternatives are required since,

proposed technology is adequate for

treatment.

2. Air

There will be flue gas generation

from proposed steam boilers

Individual. Mechanical Dust

Collector and Multicyclone

separator Bag filter will be

installed r. Stack of adequate

height will be provided to

proposed DG set .

Proposed technology is suitable to

control emission of process gases &

adequately designed, considering the

pollution load, to maintain prescribed

norms of

GPCB.

3.

Solid/

Hazardous

waste

On-site temporary storage of

different type of hazardous waste

separated with proper labeling

and demarcation will be provided.

Unit will obtain membership for

disposal of hazardous waste from

GPCB approved TSDF/CHWIF

sites for additional quantity of

hazardous waste.

Certain wastes will be managed by

reusing within premises / selling to

authorized regenerators /selling to

scrap vendor / selling to

MoEF&CC approved Recycler.

As disposal facilities are safe and also

guided by authority. No new changes

are required for switching on to other

alternative





~ 133 ~

6 CHAPTER 6 ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PROGRAM





~ 134 ~

6.1 Environmental Monitoring Program

Introduction: Environmental monitoring describes the processes and activities that need to take place

to characterize and monitor the quality of the environment. Environmental monitoring is used in the

preparation of environmental impact assessments, as well as in many circumstances in which human

activities carry a risk of harmful effects on the natural environment. All monitoring strategies and

programs have reasons and justifications which are often designed to establish the current status of an

environment or to establish trends in environmental parameters.

6.2 Objectives of Monitoring

• To comply with the statutory requirements of monitoring for compliance with conditions of Terms

of References given by MoEF & CC.

• To comply with the provision of Factory Act 1948.

• To verify the result of the impact assessment study in particular with regards to newdevelopment.

• Identification of any significant adverse transformation in environmental condition to plan

additional mitigation measures; if & as required.

• To check or assess the efficiency of the controlling measures.

• To ensure that new parameters, other than those identified in the impact assessment study, do not

become critical through the commissioning of new project.

• To establish a data base for future impact assessment studies for new project.

6.3 Environmental Monitoring Program

Environmental Monitoring should be carried out during operation phase of the project.

Monitoring and Reporting Procedure

Regular monitoring of important and crucial environmental parameters is of immense importance

toassess the status of the environment during operational phase. With the knowledge of baseline

condition, the monitoring program can serve as an indicator for any deterioration in environmental

conditions due to operational phase and suitable mitigation steps could be taken in time to safeguard

the environment. Monitoring is as important as that of control of pollution since the efficiency of control

measures can only be determined by monitoring. The proposed monitoring program gives below:

Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

Both ambient air quality and stack emission will be monitored. The ambient air quality with respectto

NOx, SO2, PM10 and PM2.5 will be monitored in at least 3-4 locations in and around the project site

through a reputed environmental laboratory recognized by MoEF/NABL. Monitoring will be carried

out for a period of 24 hours, every month during construction phase and quarterly in operation phase.

Similarly, all the stacks in the proposed unit will be monitored once in three months with respect to

NOx, SO2, particulate matter (PM10) and Carbon Monoxide (CO) level.

Water monitoring

Ground water monitoring locations will be identified and periodically check the Physical, chemical as

well as biological parameter as per drinking water standard IS 10500: 2012.

Noise level monitoring

Monitoring of the noise level is essential to assess the effectiveness of Environmental Management Plan

implemented to reduce noise levels. A good quality sound level meter and noise exposure meter may

be procured for the same. Audiometric tests shall be conducted periodically for the employees working





~ 135 ~

close to the high noise sources. The noise levels due to machines and equipments will be monitored

regularly.

6.4 Monitoring Equipment and Consumables

A well-equipped laboratory with consumable items will be provided for monitoring of important

environmental parameters. Alternatively, monitoring can be outsourced from MoEF/NABL recognized

laboratory.

Table 57 EnvironmentalMonitoring Plan (During Operational Phase) Component Parameters Location Frequency Duration

Ambient Air

Quality PM10, PM2.5, SO2,NO2,

Minimum 3-4 locations

with oneon upwind

side,one on downwind

& one on lateral side and

one at project site.

Quarterly 24 hrs

Stack

emission PM10, SO2,NO2, Each stack – for flue gas Quarterly

As per the CPCB

guidelines

Noise level Leq day, Leq

Night dB(A)

In and around the

work zone Quarterly

24 hour reading

with afrequency

of 10 minutes

every hour

Soil Quality Physico-

chemicalcharacteristics

At relevant

locations Quarterly

Sample every

season

Ecology Survival rate of

plantation

At locations of

compensatory plantation

and landscaping

Annually For 3 years after

operation starts

Health All relevant

parameters Every 15 days

Regular

check ups

As per

requirement

Solid waste Depending on type of

wastes

Solid waste

disposal location

Once

during

each

season

One-time sample

Ground &

Drinking

water

As per IS 10500:2012 Adjoining village Quarterly At least at three

Locations.

6.5 Environmental Budget

Capital Investment towards environment protection, control and mitigations measures will be about Rs.

37.2 Lakhs after proposed project. For environment protection and management and pollution control

and treatment and monitoring systems, appropriate budgetary provision would be made and provision for

recurring expenditure for environment management of the project would be made. The unit keeps

provision for adequate funds aside to meet with regular expenses for the environmental control measures.

Recurring cost for environmental management for the proposed project is given below;

Table 58 Budget Allocation for Environmental Management

Activities Capital cost

(Rs. in Lakhs)

Recurring cost

(Rs. in Lakhs)

Air Pollution Control 10.0 2.0

Water pollution control 25.0 5.0

hazardous waste control 1.0 0.3

Noise Pollution control 0.2 0.1

Occupational Health 0.4 0.2

Green Belt Development & Maintenance 0.4 0.2





~ 136 ~

Statutory Compliance & Chartered Services 0.2 0.2

Total 37.2 8

Industry will provide 2.5 % of the proposed project cost (i.e. 159.4Lakh) towards the Corporate

Environment Responsibility. Socio-economic development activities will be planned based on the

suggestions given by public as well as general necessities in villages

Table 59 Budget Allocation for Coporate Environmental Responsibility

(Source: Office Memorandum F. N0. 22-65/2017-IA,III dated 01.05.2018)

Type of Activities

Yearly amount to be spent in CER activities

(₹)

Total amount

to be spent

(₹) 1st Year 2nd Year 3rd Year 4th Year 5th Year

Drinking & sanitation

facilities in

schools of nearby villages

20,500 26,870 25,950 26,980 23,500 123800

Organization of medical

camps

and health awareness

programs

22,962 29,850 28,900 26,700 27,690 136102

Donation in schools and for

education aids 28,979 25,890 27,149 26,780 29,800 138598

Total 72,441 82,610 81,999 80,460 80,990 398500





~ 137 ~

7 CHAPTER 7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES





~ 138 ~

7.1 Public Consultation

Notice for Public Hearing

The proposed project is located at Survey no. 88, Plot no. 7, Hadamtala Industrial Zone, Gondal

Highway, B/h Santosh Petrol pump, Tal. Kotda Sangani, Dist. Rajkot. The project attracts the Category

“A” 5f as per EIA Notification 2006.

The Public Hearing was conducted on 15/10/2019 for proposed project project M/s. Maruti Mica at

Hadamtala Industrial Association hall, Hadamtala Industrial Association, Survey No-177, P/18, Plot

No: 01, Rajkot-Gondal NH 8B, Bharudi Chowkdi, Near Toll Plaza, Opp: 66 KV Power Sation, Tal:

Gondal, Dist: Rajkot-360311. The Public hearing letter No. issued by GPCB is attached as below;.

7.2 Public Hearing Proceedings

As per the provisions of Notification No. S.O. 1533 dated 14/09/2006 and its amendment S.O. 3067(E)

dated 01/12/2009, Ministry of Environment, Forest & Climate Change, Government of India, New

Delhi, Public Hearing is conducted for M/s. Maruti Mica, for proposed manufacturing of (I) Phenol

Formaldehyde Resines-157,5MT/Month (2) Urea Formaldehyde Resin-350 MT/Month (3) Melamine

Formaldehyde Resin-60 MT/Month (4) Cardanol Phenol Formaldehyde Resin-157.5 MT/Month, at

Survey No-88, Plot No-07, Hadamtala Industrial Zone, Gondal Highway, B/h Santosh Petrol Pump,

Village: Hadamtala, Tal: Kotada Sangani, Dist: Rajkot, which is covered under Category-“A as

mentioned in their request application.

A copy of the draft Environment Impact Assessment Report and the Executive Summary of

Environmental Impact Assessment Report was sent to the following authorities or office to make

available the draft EIA report for inspection to the public during normal office hours, till the public

Hearing is over.

1. The District Collector office, Rajkot

2. District Development Office, Rajkot

3. District Industry Centre, Rajkot

4. Taluka Development Office, Tal: Kotada Sangani, Dist: Rajkot.

5. Additional principal Chief Conservator of Forest (C), Ministry of Environment, Forest &

Climate Chage, GOI, Regional Office (West Zone), Kendriya Paryavaran Bhavan, B-5, Area

Colony, Link Road-3, Ravisankar Colony, Bhopal-462016.

6. Regional Office, Gujarat Pollution Control Board, Rajkot, Race course, Ring road, Nr. Union

Bank of India, Rajkot-360001.

Other concerned persons having plausible stake in the environmental aspects were requested to send

their response in writing to the concerned regulatory authorities.

The Public Hearing was held on 15/10/2019 at 10:00 hours at Hadamtala Industrial Association

Hall, Hadamtala Industrial Association, Survey No-177, P/18, Plot No: 01 Rajkot-Gondal N.H. 8-

B, Bharudi Chowkdi, Neat Toll Plaza, Opp: 66 KV Power Station, Tal: Gondal, Dist: Rajkot-

360311.

An advertisement in English was published in the daily “The Time of India” dated 12/09/2019

and in Gujarati daily “Divya Bhaskar” dated 12/09/2019.





~ 139 ~

Parimal Pandya, (GAS) Resident Additional Collector & Additional District Magistrate, Rajkot

supervised and presided over the entire Public Hearing process.

Publicity of Public Hearing

To ensure maximum participation from the affected people wide publicity of the publichearing was

done. Executive summary of the project in local language and inEnglish was made available to the

local self-government.





~ 140 ~

All the issues raised by the villagers are being mentioned below;

S.No Name and address lssue raised Reply from Project

Proponent / Other

Action Plan and timeline Budgetary Allocation

1 ShriBabubhai R.

Aghera

Village: Bharudi

What are plans for

green belt

development ?

Out of total plot area

33% area shall be

allotted for green belt

development.

5 year green belt development plan

has been incorporated in the EIA

report according to which 510

trees will be planted after

receiving EC.

Separate budget of Rs 40,000 has been

allotted for Green belt development under

EMP. Recurring cost of Rs 20,000 has

been allotted as recurring cost.

2 ShriNanubhai San

grambhai Bharvad,

Village: Pipaliya

What is the

wastewater

generation

management

plan?

About 11.6 KLPD w/w

will be generated and it

is first treated in ETP

and then taken further

to evaporator for

evaporation.

ZLD technology will be adopted.

Consensate from MEE will be

reused for gardening. Domestic

waste water will be discharged in

Soak pit followed by Septic tank.

The control measures will be taken

as the EC is granted.

Separate Budget of Rs 25 lakhs has been

allotted as capital cost for installation of

ZLD plant. Recurring cost of Rs 5 Lakhs/

Annum is allotted as recurring cost which

will utilized for operation and

maintenance.

3 ShriGaurav B. Vora,

Village: Rib

What are the plans

for

employments for

local

people?

Unit will give

employment to total 18

skilled and unskilled

person, priority will be

given to local people as

per the qualification.

After EC is granted, total of 18

persons will be employed from

nearby villages based on skills.

-

4 ShriM

aheshbhaiSavaliya.

Hannony Laminate

Villaee: Hadarntala

We welcome new

industries

in this area. Due to

coming

of new industries,

development of this

area

will take place.

Thanks





~ 141 ~

Photos of Public Hearing

7.3 Risk Assessments

This chapter deals with the study of prevention and mitigation of incidents / accidents which can

lead to personal injuries, damage or loss of property, material, plant, equipment, and the

environment.





~ 142 ~

The study is mainly concerned with conducting a risk assessment to identify the hazards and risks

associated with the various activities and to identify and evaluate the control measures to

eliminate / prevent accidents and loses, and / or mitigate the risk to minimum acceptable level.

The other aspect considered for the study includes the disaster management plan. Even after

providing all necessary control measures, things may go wrong. The study includes the

conditions, activities, material, manmade or natural, will be considered, which can lead to an

emergency situation. A, well defined, disaster management plan will provide awareness and

prompt action by employees to control emergency situation promptly and effectively and will

minimize the losses.

Objective of the study

Quantitative Risk Assessment (QRA) study for M/s. Maruti Micahas been carried out based on

data provided by M/s Maruti Mica.The main objective of risk assessment -Quantitative Risk

Assessment (QRA)is to identify and determine the potentialdamage or loss of life, property and

environment and to provide a scientific argument for decision makers to provide and maintain

the safety levels of the facilities to prevent or mitigate harm and loses. This is achieved by the

following:

• Identification of hazards that could be realized from manufacturing processes, plant

equipment and machinery, raw materials and products.

• Identify the potential failure scenarios that could occur within the facility.

• To access, the potential risks associated with identified hazards to which the plant and its

personal and community outside may be subjected. Consequences analysis of various

hazards is carried out to determine the vulnerable zones for each probable accident scenario.

• Evaluate the process hazards emanating from the identified potential accident scenarios.

• Analyze the damage effects to the surroundings due to such accidents.

• Conclusion and Recommendation to mitigate measures to reduce the hazard / risks.

• To provide guidelines for the preparation of On-site response plan.

Scope of the study

The Project will undertake Quantitative Risk Assessment (QRA) study for the storage tank area.

Following listed material below are stored, used and handled in the premises

Table 60 Chemical Storage

Name of Raw Material Storage Facility /

Packing

Max. Storage at a time

(MT) Storage condition

Methanol MS Tank 10 Ambient

Formaldehyde MS/HDPE tank 10 Ambient

Acetic acid HHDPE Tank 0.43 Ambient

Phenol MS Tank 10 Ambient

QRA study will include the following task:

• Hazard Identification

• Failure Scenario

• Consequence Analysis

• Dispersion Modelling

• Risk Assessment

• Evaluation of risk reduction options and risk management plan





~ 143 ~

7.4 Methodology adopted for quantitative risk assessment (QRA)

• Failure or ineffectiveness of the controls can lead to hazardous situation in any industry

handling potentially hazardous materials. Following factors govern the severity of

consequence of the loss of containment.

• Intrinsic properties; flammability, instability and toxicity.

• Dispersive energy; pressure, temperature and state of matter.

• Environmental factors; topography and weather.

• Handling and storage facilities and procedures.

• Awareness, Training and Communication

The study has been carried out in accordance with the National and International codes of

practices using Process Hazard Analysis Software Tool (PHAST) software. The latest version of

the renowned PHAST software package of DNV is used for carrying out the risk analysis.

The full terms of potential hazardous scenarios and consequence events associated with the

installation and operation was considered in the analysis.

Based on the operations to be carried at the plant, the Risk Analysis conducted to identify the

affected distances and the damage of property and population from the identified scenarios

considering the Maximum Credible Loss Scenario (MCLS) & Worst case scenario.

Maximum credible loss scenarios have been worked based on the inbuilt safety systems and

protection measures to be provided for the operation of the facility & the Worst case scenario i.e.

100% catastrophic rupture have been worked out based on failure of the inbuilt safety system.

The Worst case Scenario assumed as catastrophic rupture, as per the guidelines suggested by

DNV – UK, and maximum inventory at the time of failure.

Consequence analysis and calculations are effectively performed by computer software using

models validated over a number of applications. Consequence modeling is carried out by PHAST

(version 6.53) of DNV Software, UK.

PHAST uses the Unified Dispersion Model (UDM) capable of describing a wide range of types

of accidental releases. The Model uses a particularly flexible form, allowing for sharp-edged

profiles, which become more diffuse downwind.

PHAST contains data for a large number of chemicals and allows definition of mixtures of any

of these chemicals in the required proportion. The calculations by PHAST involve following

steps for each modeled failure case:

Run discharge calculations based on physical conditions and leak size.

Model first stage of release (for each weather category).

Determine vapour release rate by flashing of liquid and pool evaporation rate.





~ 144 ~

Dispersion modelling taking into account weather conditions.In case of flammable release,

calculate size of effect zone for fire and explosion.The hazardous materials considered in this

study are mostly flammable liquids.

Software used

PHAST has been used for consequence analysis include discharge and dispersion calculations.

Other factors considered for risk assessment;

Metrological condition:

The consequences of released toxic or flammable material are largely dependent on the prevailing

weather conditions. For the assessment of major scenarios involving release of toxic or

flammable materials, the most important meteorological parameters which affect the atmospheric

dispersion of the escaping material include crucial variables such as wind direction, wind speed,

atmospheric stability and temperature. Rainfall does not have any direct bearing on the results of

the risk analysis; however, it can have beneficial effects by absorption / washout of released

materials. Actual behavior of any release would largely depend on prevailing weather condition

at the time of release.

For the present study the metrological data of Rajkot have been used.

Atmospheric parameters

The wind speed and wind direction data which have been used for the study is summarized below:

Wind Speed: 1.5&5 m/s

Atmospheric Stability: D and F

Weather category





~ 145 ~

One of the most important characteristics of atmosphere is its stability. Stability of atmosphere

is its tendency to resist vertical motion or to suppress existing turbulence. This tendency directly

influences the ability of atmosphere to disperse pollutants emitted into it from the facilities. In

most dispersion scenarios, the relevant atmospheric layer is that nearest to the ground, varying in

thickness from a few meters to a few thousand meters. Turbulence induced by buoyancy forces

in the atmosphere is closely related to the vertical temperature gradient.

Temperature normally decreases with increasing height in the atmosphere. The rate at which the

temperature of air decreases with height is called Environmental Lapse Rate (ELR). It will vary

from time to time and from place to place. The atmosphere is said to be stable, neutral or unstable

according to ELR is less than, equal to or greater than Dry Adiabatic Lapse Rate (DALR), which

is a constant value of 0.98°C/100 meters.

Pasquill stability parameter, based on Pasquill – Gifford categorization, a meteorological

parameter, describes the stability of atmosphere, i.e., the degree of convective turbulence.

Pasquill has defined six stability classes ranging from `A' (extremely unstable) to `F' (moderately

stable). Wind speeds, intensity of solar radiation (daytime insulation) and nighttime sky cover

have been identified as prime factors defining these stability categories.

When the atmosphere is unstable and wind speeds are moderate or high or gusty, rapid dispersion

of pollutants will occur. Under these conditions, pollutant concentrations in air will be moderate

or low and the material will be dispersed rapidly.

When the atmosphere is stable and wind speed is low, dispersion of material will be limited and

pollutant concentration in air will be high. In general, worst dispersion conditions (i.e.

contributing to greater hazard distances) occur during low wind speed and very stable weather

conditions.

7.5 Hazards associated with Flammable chemicals

The release of flammable gas or liquid can lead to different types of fire or explosion scenarios

and will depend on the material released, mechanism of release, temperatureandpressure of the

material and the point of ignition. Types of flammable effects are as follows.

Pool fire

The released flammable material, a liquid stored below its normal boiling point, will collect in a

pool. The geometry of the pool will be dictated by the surroundings. If the liquid is stored under

pressure above its normal boiling point, then a fraction of the liquid will flash into vapor and the

remaining portion will form a pool in the vicinity of the release point. Once sustained combustion

is achieved, liquid fires quickly reach steady state burning. The heat release rate is a function of

the liquid surface area exposed to air. An unconfined spill will tend to have thin fuel depth

(typically less than 5 mm) which will result in slower burning rates. A confined spill is limited

by the boundaries (e.g. a dyked area) and the depth of the resulting pool is greater than that for

an unconfined spill.

Flash fire





~ 146 ~

It occurs when a vapor cloud of flammable material burns. The cloud is typically ignited on the

edge and burns towards the release point. The duration of flash fire is very short (seconds), but

it may continue as jet fire if the release continues. The overpressures generated by the

combustion are not considered significant in terms of damage potential to persons, equipment or

structures. The major hazard from flash fire is direct flame impingement. Typically, the burn

zone is defined as the area the vapor cloud covers out to half of the LFL. This definition provides

a conservative estimate, allowing for fluctuations in modelling. Even where the concentration

may be above the UFL, turbulent induced combustion mixes the material with air and results in

flash fire.

Jet Fire

Jet flames are characterized as high-pressure release of gas from limited openings (e.g. Due to

small leak in a vessel or broken drain valve). Boiling liquid expanding vapor explosion (bleve)

or fireball: a fireball is an intense spherical fire resulting from a sudden release of pressurized

liquid or gas that is immediately ignited. The best known cause of a fireball is a boiling liquid

expanding vapor explosion (bleve). Fireball duration is typically 5 – 20 seconds.

Vapor cloud explosion

When a large quantity of flammable vapor or gas is released, mixes with air to produce sufficient

mass in the flammable range and is ignited, results a vapor cloud explosion (vce). Without

sufficient air mixing, a diffusion-controlled fireballmay result without significant overpressures

developing. The speed of flame propagation must accelerate as the vapor cloud burns. Without

this acceleration, only a flash fire will result.


Introduction

The consequence analysis is carried out to determine the extent of spread (dispersion) by

accidental release which may lead to jet fire, pool fire, tank fire resulting into generating heat

radiation, overpressures, explosions etc.

In order to form an opinion on potentially serious hazardous situations and their consequences,

consequence analysis of potential failure scenarios is conducted. It is qualitative analysis of

hazards due to various failure scenarios. In consequence analysis, each failure case is considered

in isolation and damage effects predicted, without taking into the account of the secondary events

or failures it may cause, leading to a major disastrous situation. The results of consequence

analysis are useful in developing disaster management plan and in developing a sense of

awareness among operating and maintenance personnel. It also gives the operating personnel and

population living in its vicinity, an understanding of the hazard they are posed to.

Selected Failure Cases

Earlier, it was the practice to select a particular item in a unit as failure scenario, e.g. rupture of

reactor outlet pipe. Such selection is normally subjective on following parameters:

Properties of material namely Toxic or Flammable.

The likely severity of consequence in the event of accidental release based on inventory, operated

pressure & operated temperature.

The probability of failure of various equipments such as valves, flanges, pipe, pressure vessels

etc. used in the plant.





~ 147 ~

Effect of release

When hazardous material is released to atmosphere due to any reason, a vapor cloud is formed.

Direct cloud formation occurs when a gaseous or flashing liquid escapes to the atmosphere.

Dispersion of hydrocarbon vapor with wind till it reaches its lower flammability limit (LFL) or

finds a source of ignition before reaching LFL, which will result in a flash fire or explosion.

Spillage of liquid hydrocarbons will result in a pool of liquid, which will evaporate taking heat

from the surface, forming a flammable atmosphere above it. Ignition of this pool will result in

pool fire causing thermal radiation hazards.

A fireball or BLEVE (Boiling Liquid expanding Vapor Explosion) occurs when a vessel

containing a highly volatile liquid (e.g. LPG, Propylene etc.) fails and the released large mass of

vapor cloud gets ignited immediately. It has damage potential due to high intensity of radiation

and generation of the overpressure waves, causing large scale damage to nearby equipment and

structures.

Catastrophic failure of tanks/ pressurized vessels, rotary equipment and valves etc. can result in

equipment fragments flying and hitting other equipment of the plant.

Release of toxic compounds results in the toxic vapour cloud traveling over long distances,

affecting a large area, before it gets sufficiently diluted to harmless concentration in the

atmosphere.

The material is in two phases inside the containment - liquid & vapor. Depending on the location

of the leak liquid or vapor will be released from the containment. If vapor is released a vapor

cloud will form by the mixing of the vapor and air. The size of the vapor cloud will depend on

the rate of release, wind speed; wind direction & atmospheric stability will determine the

dispersion and movement of the vapor cloud.

If liquid is released there will be some flashing as the boiling point of liquid is below the ambient

temperature. The vapor formed by immediate flashing will behave as vapor release. The liquid

will fall on the ground forming a pool. There will be vaporization from the pool due to the heat

gained from the atmosphere & ground.

There will be dispersion and movement of vapor cloud formed by evaporation of liquid.

The behaviour of material released by loss of containment depends on the following factors:

• Physical properties of the material.

• Conditions of material in containment (pressure and temperature).

• Phase of material released (liquid or gas).

• Inventory of material released.

• Weather parameters (temperature, humidity, wind speed, atmospheric stability)

• Material with boiling point below ambient condition.

Fire Fighting Facilities

A. Fire Buckets / Fire Extinguishers

Adequate Fire buckets and portable fire extinguishers will be provided in all the areas depending

upon the specific needs of the area. Some spare equipment will also be maintained in the inventory

at an identified fire & safety equipment store.





~ 148 ~

B. Fire Alarm Sirens

It shall be provided to alert all the employees inside the premises about the situation of an

emergency.

C. Sand Buckets

Adequate sand buckets will be provided within the industrial premises in case ofemergency fire.

D. Safety Equipment

All types of personnel protective safety equipment required for handling the emergency are to be

arranged in the Wonder Industry site. Some of the protective equipment is as follows:

� Canister/Cartridge type masks

� Dust Masks

� PVC suits, Aprons

� Safety showers/ Eye Wash fountains

� Other personnel protective appliances, like safety glasses, gumboots, helmets, hand gloves,

face shields, safety belts, safety ladders, safety torches, blankets.

Other Key Arrangements.

All key personnel will wear red helmet for their identification and easy recognition.The responsibilities

and duties of key personnel includes, fire fighting trained personnel will be made available in all the

shifts. The responsibilities and duties include:

To fight the fire with available internal fire fighting equipment and to stop leakage of liquid

etc.

To provide personal protective equipment to the team.

To cordon the area and inform incident controller or site main controller about the

development of emergency.

To train the persons (essential workers) to use personal protective equipment and fire-

fighting equipment.

Safe Practice for Handling, Storage, Transportation and Unloading of Hazardous Chemicals:

For Storage/Handling:

1. Separate from strong oxidant. & Keep it in well ventilated room.

2. Dyke wall shall be provided to all above ground storage tank.

3. Fire hydrant system shall be installed.

4. Safety shower and eye washer shall be installed near storage area.

5. Flame proof light fitting shall be provided at flammable storage area.

6. Proper selection of MOC for chemicals storage tank.

7. Sprinkler system shall be installed at flammable material storage area

8. Earthing/bonding shall be provided for static charges.

9. Flame arrestor shall be provided on flammable material storage tank vent.





~ 149 ~

10. Level gauge and level measurement instrument shall be provided on material storage tank.

11. Lightening arrestor on all chimney and building shall be provided.

12. Hazardous material should be stored away from the plant and safe distance shall be

maintained.

13. Safety permit system shall be followed for loading, unloading of hazardous chemical.

14. Fencing, caution note, hazardous identification board should be provided.

15. Only authorized person shall be permitted in storage tank area and register will be maintained.

For Transportation & Unloading:

1. Solvent shall be received by road tanker and stored in above ground storage tank in separated

bulk storage area.

2. Loading and unloading procedure shall be prepared for material received through road tanker.

3. Earthing/bonding shall be provided for static charges.

4. Flexible steel hose shall be used for unloading from the road tanker.

5. Flame proof electric motor shall be used during loading/unloading.

6. NRV shall be provided on pump discharge line.

7. Fixed pipeline with pumps shall be provided for transfer to vessel.

8. TREM CARD will be provided to all transporters and shall be trained for transportation

Emergency of hazardous chemicals.

9. Personal Protective Equipment (safety goggles, hand gloves, apron, masks, gum boots etc.)

shall be provided.

Hazards Associated with Explosives chemicals

Damage Criteria

Damage due to thermal radiations and overpressure have been arrived at by taking in to consideration

the published literature on the subject. The consequences are then visualized by the superimposing the

damage effects zones on the proposed plan site and identifying the elements within the project site as

well as in the neighbouring environment, which might be adversely affected, should one or more

hazards materialize.

Thermal damage

The effect of thermal radiation on people is mainly a function of intensity of radiation and exposure

time. The effect is expressed in terms of the probability of death and different degrees of burn. The

following tables give the effect of various levels of heat flux.

FATAL RADIATION EXPOSURE LEVELS

Table- Fatal radiation Exposure level

RADIATION LEVEL

kW/m2

FATALITY

1% 50% 99%

EXPOSURE IN SECONDS

4.0 150 370 930

12.5 30 80 200





~ 150 ~

37.5 8 20 50

OVERPRESSURE DAMAGE

Overpressure Damage Criteria

OVER

PRESSURE

(mbar)

MECHANICAL DAMAGE TO

EQUIPMENTS DAMAGE TO PEOPLE

300 Heavy damage to plant & structure

1% death from lung damage

>50% eardrum damage

>50% serious wounds from flying

objects

100 Repairable damage

>1% eardrum damage

>1% serious wounds from flying

objects

30 Major glass damage Slight injury from flying glass

10 10% glass damage ***





~ 151 ~

Hazards Associated with Toxic Materials

It is necessary to specify suitable concentration of the toxic substance under study to form the end-point

for consequence calculations. American Industrial Hygiene Association (AIHA) has issued Emergency

Response Planning Guidelines (ERPG) for many chemicals, describes the various scenarios:

• ERPG-1 is the maximum airborne concentration below which it is believed that nearly all individuals

could be exposed for up to 1 hour without experiencing other than mild transient adverse health

effects or perceiving a clearly defined, objectionable odour.


could be exposed for up to 1 hour without experiencing or developing irreversible or other serious health

effects or symptoms, which could impair an individual's ability to take protective action.


could be exposed for up to 1 hour without experiencing or developing life-threatening health effects.

Toxic limit values as TLV (Threshold Limit Value), STEL (Short Term Exposure Limit), Immediately

Dangerous to Life or Health (IDLH) concentrations are issued by US National Institute for Occupational

Safety and Health (NIOSH).

TLV: Threshold Limit Value – is the permitted level of exposure for a given period on a weighted

average basis (usually 8 hrs. for 5 days in a week).

STEL: A Short Term Exposure Limit (STEL) is defined by ACGIH as the concentration to which

workers can be exposed continuously for a short period of time without suffering from:

Irritation

Chronic or irreversible tissue damage

Narcosis of sufficient degree to increase the likelihood of accidental injury, impair self-rescue or

materially reduce work efficiency.

The permitted Short Time Exposure Limit usually have maximum exposure for 15-minute.

IDLH: IDLH is an acronym for Immediately Dangerous to Life or Health. This refers to a

concentration, formally specified by a regulatory value, and defined as the maximum exposure

concentration of a given chemical in the workplace from which one could escape within 30 minutes

without any escape-impairing symptoms or any irreversible health effects. This value is normally

referred to in respirator selection.

M/s. Maruti Mica, Area 10410 sq.m., Survey No. 88, Plot No. 7, Hadamtala Industrial

Zone, Gondal Highway, B/h Santosh Petrol Pump, Tal.Kotda Sangani, Dist. Rajkot,

Gujarat Proposed to Manufacture Synthetic Resin Adhesive Chemicals – 710

MT/Month

~ 152 ~

Physical and Chemical Properties of the Materials, Compatibilities & Special Hazard

SN Name of

Chemical Hazard BP

Flash

Point 0C

Flammability

Limit (Vol.

%)

TLV

PPM

IDLH

PPM

LC50

Target Actions

Carcigenicity

Antidotes

1. Methanol

F/T

64.7 11 Lower: 6.7 %

Upper: 36 %

200 6000 64000

ppm/4H

Kidneys, heart,

central nervous

system, liver, eyes No

10 mg

diazepam

through

injection

Activated

Charcoal

2. Phenol

F/T

182 79 Lower: 1.7 %

Upper: 8.6 %

5 250

316

mg/m3/4H;

Eyes,skin,inhalation,ingestion

No

No specific

antidote but

Charcoal

hemoperfusion

can remove

free phenol

from blood

3. Formaldehyde

F/T 101

50 -

78

Lower: 7 %

Upper: 73 %

5 20 203 mg

/M3

Eyes, skin

No

Milk,

Activated

Charcoal or

water

4. Acetic Acid

F/T 117.9 39

Lower: 4 %

Upper: 19.9

%

10 50 5620

ppm/1H

Teeth, eyes, skin,

mucous

membranes No

Milk of

magnesia




MT/Month

~ 153 ~

Precautions to be taken during storage

Control measures for Methanol, Phenol, Formaldehyde, and Acetic Acid Storages

Stand by Tank provided in case of emergency transfer the material.

Drain valve with metal plate blind provided.

Dyke wall provided to all storage tanks, collection pit with valve provision.

Tanker unloading procedure prepared and implemented.

Caution note and emergency handling procedure are displayed at unloading area and trained all

operators.

NFPA label is provided on tanks.

Required PPEs like full body protection PVC apron, Hand gloves, gumboot, Respiratory mask

etc. provided to operator.

Dedicated Airline respiratory system to be provided in this tank farm area to handle major spillage

or leakage emergency.

Neutralizing material kept ready for tackle any emergency spillage.

Safety shower, eye wash provided near tank farm area.

Level gauge provided on all storage tanks.

Storage tank integrity to be checked

Table: - Transportation, Unloading and handling procedure For Methanol, Phenol, Formaldehyde, Acetic

Acid

Sr.No. Activity Type of possible

hazard

Control measures and handling procedures.

1 Transportation

of

Methanol,Pheno

l,Formaldehye,

Acetic Acid by

road tanker

Leakage, Spillage,

Toxic release

Training is provided to driver and cleaner

regarding the safe driving, hazard of

Flammable chemicals, emergency handling,

use of SCBA sets administration.

TREM card will kept with TL.

SCBA set is kept with TL.

Instructions is given not to stop road tanker

in populated area.

Clear Hazard Identification symbol and

emergency telephone number is displayed as

per HAZCHEM CODE.

Appropriate PPEs is kept with TL.

Emergency telephone numbers list of OFF

site emergency agencies is provided in

TREM CARD




MT/Month

~ 154 ~

2 Methanol,

Phenol,Formald

ehye, Acetic

Acid Road

tanker unloading

at site.

Leakage, Spillage,

toxic release

Priority is given to Tanker to immediately

enter the storage premises at site and will not

be kept waiting near the gate or the main

road.

Security person will check Licence, TREM

CARD, Fire extinguisher condition, SCBA

set condition, required PPEs as per SOP laid

down.

Store officer will take sample as per

sampling SOP from sampling point.

After approval of QC department unloading

procedure is allowed be started.

Following precautions is adopted during

unloading

Wheel stopper is provided to TL at

unloading platform.

Tanker unloading procedure is followed

according to check list and implemented.

Flexible hose connection is done at TL

outlet line and checked for no leakage.

Every time rubber gasket is changed.

The quantity remaining in the hose pipeline

is drained to a small container, which is

subsequently transferred to the main storage

tank thus ensuring complete closed

conditions for transfer from road tanker.

All TL valves is closed in TL.

3 Methanol,Pheno

l,Formaldehye,

Acetic Acid

Storage tank

safety

Leakage, Spillage,

Toxic release.

Storage tank is stored away from the process

plant.

Tanker unloading procedure is prepared and

implemented.

Caution note and emergency handling

procedure is displayed at unloading area and

trained all operators.

NFPA label is provided.

Required PPEs like full body protection PVC

apron, Hand gloves, gumboot, Respiratory

mask etc. is provided to operator.




MT/Month

155

Sr.No. Activity Type of possible

hazard

Control measures and handling procedures.

Neutralizing agent is kept ready for tackle

any emergency spillage.

Safety shower, eye wash with quenching

unit is provided in acid storage area.

Material is handled in close condition in

pipe line.

Dyke wall is provided to all storage tanks,

collection pit with valve provision.

Double drain valve will provided.

Level gauge is provided on all storage tanks.

Safety permit for loading unloading of

hazardous material is prepared and

implemented.

TREM CARD is provided to all transporters

and is trained for transportation Emergency

of Hazardous chemicals.

Fire hydrant system with jockey pump as per

TAC norms is installed.

4 Methanol,Phenol,

Formaldehye,

Acetic Acid

,transferred from

storage tank to

Day tank

Leakage, Spillage

due to Line rupture,

Flange Gasket

failure, Toxic

release.

Double mechanical seal type pump is

provided.

Double on / off switch will provided at tank

farm and process area near day tank. Pump

auto cut off with day tank high level is

provided.

Flame arrestor is provided on day tank vent.

Over flow is provided for additional safety

and it is connected to main storage tank.

NRV is provided on pump discharge line.

Flange Guard is provided to all flanges.

5 Methanol,Pheno

l,Formaldehye,

Acetic Acid

,transfer from

Day tank to

reactor.

Leakage, Spillage


Flange Gasket

failure, Toxic

release.

Gravity transfer.

Double valve is installed on day tank outlet

line.

Total quantity of day tank material is

charged in to reactor at a time.

NRV is provided on day tank outlet line.

Flange guard is provided to pipeline flanges.




MT/Month

156

Table: Drums Transportation, Unloading and handling procedure

Sr.

No.

Activity Type of possible

hazard

Procedures.

1 Transportation

of drums

Leakage, Spillage,

fire, explosion, Toxic

release

Training will be provided to driver and cleaner

regarding the safe driving, hazard of Flammable

chemicals, emergency handling, and use of

SCBA sets.

TREM card will kept with TL.

SCBA set will be kept with TL.

Fire extinguishers will be kept with TL.

Flame arrestor will be provided to TL exhaust.

Instructions will be given not to stop road tanker

in populated area.

Clear Hazard Identification symbol and

emergency telephone number will be displayed

as per HAZCHEM CODE.

Appropriate PPEs will be kept with TL.

2 Drums

unloading at

site.

Leakage, Spillage,

fire, explosion, toxic

release

Priority will be given to truck to immediately

enter the storage premises at site and will not be

kept waiting near the gate or the main road.

Security person will check Licence, TREM

CARD, Fire extinguisher condition; SCBA set

condition, Antidote Kit, required PPEs as per

SOP laid down.

Store officer will take sample as per sampling

SOP from sampling point.

After approval of QC department unloading

procedure will be allowed be started.

Following precautions will be adopted during

unloading

Wheel stopper will be provided to TL at

unloading platform.

Only day time unloading will be permitted.




MT/Month

157

3 Godown /

warehouse

safety

Leakage, Spillage,

Fire, Explosion,

Toxic release.

FLP type light fittings will be provided.

Proper ventilation will be provided in godown.

Proper label and identification board /stickers

will be provided in the storage area.

Conductive drum pallets will be provided.

Drum handling trolley / stackers/fork lift will be

used for drum handling.

Separate dispensing room with local exhaust

and static earthing provision will be made.

Materials will be stored as per its compatibility

study and separate area will be made for

flammable, corrosive and toxic chemical drums

storage.

Smoking and other spark, flame generating item

will be banned from the Gate.

4 Acids,

Solvents, etc.

transfer

fro

m drum to

Day tank/

reactor

Leakage, Spillage


Flange Gasket failure,

Fire, Explosion,

Toxic release.

Acids and solvents transfer by vacuum or by

pump only.

Static earthing will be provided.

SS flexible hose / conductive hose will be used.

5 Acids,

Solvents, from

Day tank to

reactor.

Leakage, Spillage


Flange Gasket failure,

Fire, Explosion,

Toxic release.

Gravity transfer.

Total quantity of day tank material will be

charged in to reactor at a time.

NRV will be provided on day tank outlet line.

Static earthing will be provided to storage tank.

Double Jumpers will be provided to pipeline

flanges.

FACILITIES / SYSTEM FOR PROCESS SAFETY, STORAGE, TRANSPORTATION,

FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM AND EMERGENCY CAPABILITIES TO BE ADOPTED.

PROCESS SAFETY:

Flameproof equipments and fittings will be provided for handling of hazardous chemicals.

Tanks and all pump motors will be properly earthed.

Housekeeping of the plant will be as per prescribed norms. Floors, platforms, staircases,

passages will be kept free of any obstruction.

All hazardous operations will be explained to the workers. They will be periodically trained on

the hazardous processes.

Dedicated supply of firewater will be made available in the plant.

Only authorized persons will be allowed inside the plant.




MT/Month

158

All instrument and safety devices will be checked and calibrated during installation. They will

be also calibrated, checked at a frequent interval. Calibration records will be maintained.

All electrical equipments will be installed as per prescribed standards.

All the equipments of the plant will be periodically tested as per standard and results are

documented. All equipments undergo preventive maintenance schedule.

Hydrant system will be pressured with a Jockey Pump.

Pressure gauge will be provided on each tank.

In addition to fire hydrant system, nos. of fire extinguishers will be also installed at different

locations within premises.

Retention basin will be provided to collect the contaminated water used during fire fighting.

Adequate ventilation arrangement will be provided for safe and better working in the plant as

per the standard.

Process, equipments, plant involving serious fire hazards will be designed as per prescribed

guideline.

STORAGE TANK SAFETY

Fire load calculation will be done and as per fire load Hydrant System will be provided as per

NFPA std. and Fire extinguishers will be provided as per fire load calculation.

Spark arrestor will be provided to all vehicles in side premises.

Flame proof type equipments and lighting will be provided.

Lightening arrestor will be provided on the top of chimney.

Raw material will be transferred by pump only in plant area and day tank will be provided.

Overflow line will be return to the storage tank or Pump On-Off switch will be provided near

day tank in plant.

Jumpers will be provided on solvent handling pipe line flanges.

Flexible SS hose will be used for road tanker unloading purpose and other temperature

connection.

SAFE DESIGN AND MAINTENANCE

After studying the properties of the material to be stored, proper selection of the material construction,

metal thickness, design, nozzles, connections, pipe lines, fittings, valves, pumps, lining, coating,

jacketing, insulation, cladding etc. and colour coding are necessary.

HANDLING OF CORROSIVE CHEMICALS

Important corrosive substances are: Acids and alkalis

When in contact with human tissues, most corrosive substances will produce chemical burns, while

certain other substances produce deep ulceration. Many corrosive substances have defeating action on

the skin and may cause dermatitis.

The safeguards against these hazards are:

Preventing or minimising contact between corrosive substances and skin, mucous membranes and

eyes.

Corrosive substances are not allowed to come in contact with materials that may react.

All the containers, pipes, apparatus, installations and structures used for the manufacture, storage,

transport or use of these substances are protected by suitable coatings, impervious to and unaffected

by corrosives.

All containers or receptacles are clearly labelled to indicate their contents and should bear the danger

symbol for corrosives.




MT/Month

159

A high standard of maintenance and good housekeeping is essential.

Adequate ventilation and exhaust arrangement whether general or local, should be provided

whenever corrosive toxic gases or dust are present.

Personal protective devices are used depending upon the nature of work viz.

Corrosion-resistant and impervious suits, or hand-gloves, aprons etc.

Respirator, gas mask or self-contained breathing apparatus,

Barrier cream when exposure is not severe.

First aid treatment facilities are provided and all concerned will be instructed to follow safe practices

such as Prolonged washing with water, Removing contaminated clothing, Seeking immediate

medical help.

Safety showers and eye washers are provided.

EMPLOYEE SELECTION AND TRAINING:

Persons affected with asthma, bronchitis chronic lung conditions, and irritations of the upper

respiratory tract are not employed where exposures to chlorine might occur.

Training classes for both new and old employees conducted periodically to keep them conscious and

informed of the hazards.

They are instructed and trained to adopt preventive measures in case of emergency and to use safety

equipment.

LEAKAGE TOOLS REQUIREMENT:

1. Do not use water directing on leak.

2. Keep "emergency kits' handy and in proper working condition to control leakage and train workers

in their use.

3. Appropriate facility for chlorine absorption through caustic soda/lime/soda ash solutions will be

established and maintained in the event of leakage.

4. The containers should not be immersed in same absorption media.

5. Self-breathing apparatus, gas mask and 'emergency kits' are located at strategic Points under

working condition and to be easily accessible in the event of emergency.

STORAGE AREA:

Storage area should be cool, dry, well ventilated, clean and protected from external heat source.

It should be remote from elevators, gangways or ventilating systems.

Ventilation is sufficient to prevent accumulation of vapour pockets. All fan switches have been

outside the storage area.

As far as possible, the building for the storage of chemicals is entirely of non-combustible

construction and separate from other building.

PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT :

Adequate-and suitable personal protective equipments will be provided e.g. gastight chemical

goggles, self contained breathing apparatus, positive pressure hose masks, chemical cartridge




MT/Month

160

respirators, hard hats, soft-brimmed hats or caps, safetytoed rubber boots, rubber gloves, rubber apron

or rubber coat, sleeves and trousers legs, etc.

OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH PROGRAMME

Health hazards associated with the occupation are called occupational hazards. In chemical industry

due to handling of toxic and hazardous chemicals there are possibilities of developing occupational

diseases.

OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH

Occupational health needs attention both during construction & erection and operation & maintenance

phases. However, the problem varies both in magnitude and variety in the above phases.

CONSTRUCTION AND ERECTION

The occupational health problems envisaged at this stage can mainly be due to constructional accident

and noise. To overcome these hazards, in addition to arrangements to reduce it within TLV's,

necessary protective equipment shall be supplied to workers.

Work permit procedures for Hot Work, Excavation Work, Work on Electric System and Work at

Height shall be followed. A qualified doctor has been appointed as FMO on retainer ship basis. Apart

from him, require medical facilities applicable as per Gujarat Factories Rules and Factories Act are

made available.

PROPOSED FACILITY TO BE MADE AVAILABLE AT OHC

A Room is provided & operated as OHC. The centre is equipped with following medical

equipments:—

1. Examination Table

2 Dressing Tables - For performing Dressing

3. Glucometer - For measurement of Blood Sugar

4 Vision Chart - To evaluate vision acuity

5. Nebuliser - For relieving coughs & Breathing Difficulty

6. Infra red light - For relieving muscular pain

7. Suction machine - For cleaning airway

8. Autoclave machine - For sterilizing cotton &dressing material

9. Weighing Machine - For measuring body weight

10. Medical Oxygen Cylinder kit -

11. Sphygmomanometer - To measure blood pressure

12. Refrigerator - To preserve medicines

13. Thermometer

AMBULANCE VAN & FIRST AID BOX

An Emergency Vehicle from Guj- Govt-108 available round the clock to be used as an ambulance.

First Aid Boxes is made available at the different location in the plant. Training is given to

employees for First Aid.




MT/Month

161

MEDICAL EXAMINATION

Unit carrys out the following checks to curb the problem:

i) Pre - employment medical check-up at the time of employment.

No person shall be employed for the first time without a certificate of fitness granted by the

Factory Medical Officer.

ii) Periodic Medical examination is being conducted as per the following schedule;

Workers employed are examined by a qualified medical practitioner/ Factory Medical Officer, in the

following manner:

(a) During employment, once in a period of 6 months, to ascertain physical fitness of the person to do

the particular job;

(b) Once in a period of 6 months, to ascertain the health status of all the workers in respect of

occupational health hazards to which they are exposed and in cases where in the opinion of the Factory

Medical Officer it is necessary to do so at a shorter interval in respect of any workers;

(c) In periodic and pre-medical examinations, various parameters will be checked. Viz., LFT, Chest X-

rays, Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision testing (Far & Near vision, color vision and any other ocular

defect) ECG, Blood Pressure, Sugar, CBC, Lung Function test & routine urine test and other parameters

as will be found necessary as per the opinion of Factory Medical officer.be carried out at frequent

intervals, the records of which shall be documented.

All precautions shall be taken to avoid foreseeable accidents like spillage, fire and explosion hazards

and to minimize the effect of any such accident and to combat any emergency at site level. Some of the

preventive safety measures shall be taken to minimize the risk of accident with respect to Technical

Safety, Organizational Safety and Personal Safety are listed below:

EMP for the Occupational Safety & Health hazards so that such exposure can be kept within

permissible exposure level (PEL)/Threshold Level value (TLV) so as to protect health of workers.

It is proposed to formulate and implement an EMP for Occupational Safety and Health with

following aim…

To keep air-borne concentration of toxic (if available) and hazardous chemicals below PE Land

TLV.

Protect general health of workers likely to be exposed to such chemicals

Training, guidelines, resources and facilities to concerned department for occupational health

hazards.

Permanent changes to workplace procedures or work location to be done if it is found necessary

on the basis of findings from workplace Monitoring Plan.

(1) It is proposed that this EMP be formulated on the guidelines issued by Bureau of Indian Standards

on OH&S Management Systems: IS 18001:2000 Occupational Health and Safety Management

Systems.




MT/Month

162

(2) Proposed EMP will be incorporated in Standard Operating Procedure also.

(3) The proposed EMP will also include measure to keep air-borne concentration of toxic and hazardous

chemicals below its PEL and TLV, like…

a. Leak Surveys

b. Separate storage for toxic chemicals

c. Exhaust Ventilation

d. Proper illumination

e. On-line detectors toxic chemical

f. Close processes to avoid spills and exposures

g. Atomization of process operations to hazards of manual handling of chemicals

h. Supply of proper PPEs like Air mask, Berating canisters, SCBA sets, On-line breathing

apparatus at the places where there is possibility of presence of toxic chemicals

i. Decontamination procedure for empty drums and carboys.

j. Regular maintenance program for pumps, equipment, instruments handling toxic and

corrosive chemicals

k. Display of warning boards

l. Training to persons handling toxic and corrosive chemicals

Workplace Monitoring Plan

It is proposed that a Workplace Monitoring Plan to be prepared & implemented in o

consultation with FMO and industrial hygienists.

Each workplace must be evaluated to identify potential hazards from toxic substances or

harmful physical agents. Air-borne concentration of toxic chemicals will be measured and

record will be kept.

The current state-of-the-art exposure measurement model is as follows: For purposes of

measuring worker exposure across a single shift it is sufficient to place a reasonably accurate

exposure measuring device near the worker’s area, within the worker’s breathing zone, and

have it operate for nearly the full shift. Client has proposed to study the exposure data when the

plant is operative.

Unit carries out indoor work environment monitoring on quarterly basis to check working

condition of our employees. If any abnormalities observed, we will take corrective actions for

the same

Health Evaluation of Workers

It is proposed that management will devise a plan to check and evaluate the exposure specific

health status evaluation of workers.

Workers will be checked for physical fitness with special reference to the possible health

hazards likely to be present, where he/she is being expected to work before being employed for

that purpose. Basic examinations like Liver Function tests, chest X-ray, Audiometry,

Spirometry Vision testing (Far & Near vision, color vision and any other ocular defect) ECG,

etc. will be carried out.

While in work, all the workers will be periodically examined for the health with specific

reference to the hazards which they are likely to be exposed to during work. Health evaluation

will be carried out considering the bodily functions likely to be affected during work. The

parameters and frequency of such examination will be decided in consultation with Factory




MT/Month

163

Medical Officer and Industrial Hygienists. Plan of monthly and yearly report of the health status

of workers with special reference to Occupational Health and Safety, will be maintained.

SAFETY ORGANIZATION

Construction and Erection Phase

A qualified and experienced safety officer shall be appointed. The responsibilities of the safety officer

include identification of the hazardous conditions and unsafe acts of workers and advice on corrective

actions, conduct safety audit, organize training programs and provide professional expert advice on

various issues related to occupational safety and health. He is also responsible to ensure compliance

of Safety Rules/ Statutory Provisions.

Operation and Maintenance Phase

When the construction is completed, the posting of safety officers shall be in accordance with the

requirement of Factories Act and their duties and responsibilities shall be as defined thereof.

SAFETY CIRCLE

In order to fully develop the capabilities of the employees in identification of hazardous processes and

improving safety and health, safety circles would be constituted in each area of work. The circle

would consist of about five to six employees from that area. The circle normally shall meet for about

an hour every week.

SAFETY TRAINING

Safety training shall be provided by the Safety Officers with the assistance of faculty members called

from Professional Safety Institutions and Universities. In addition to regular employees, limited

contractor labors shall also be provided safety training. To create safety awareness safety films shall

be shown to workers and leaflets shall be distributed.

Some precautions and remedial measures proposed to be adopted to prevent fires are:

Compartmentalization of cable galleries, use of proper sealing techniques of cable passages and

crevices in all directions would help in localizing and identifying the area of occurrence of fire

as well as ensure effective automatic and manual fire fighting operations;

Spread of fire in horizontal direction would be checked by providing fire stops for cable shafts;

Reliable and dependable type of fire detection system with proper zoning and interlocks for

alarms are effective protection methods for conveyor galleries;

Housekeeping of high standard helps in eliminating the causes of fire and regular fire watching

system strengthens fire prevention and fire fighting; and Proper fire watching by all concerned

would be ensured.

FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM

HYDRANT SYSTEM

Fire water reservoir

Fire water pumps:

Jockey pumps

Fire pumps operation/status indication panel provided at on automatic




MT/Month

164

Single hydrant points

Double hydrant points

D.G. set-125 KVA

FIRE EXTINGUISHERS

Adequate numbers of dry chemical powder type, chemical and mechanical foam type and Carbon

dioxide type fire extinguishers shall be installed as per the requirement of fire risk in

all plants / sections / depts.

Based on the fire load the fire extinguisher will be installed

FIRE DETECTION SYSTEM:

Automatic detection of fire is essential especially for hazard, sensitive and unmanned area. Unit shall

provide automatic fire detection system which includes heat, smoke detector to give audio / visual

alarm / signal locally as well as in the permanently manned area. This in turn helps in early detection

of the fire and to start fire-fighting activity at early stage.

FIRE ALARM

200 V AC operated fire alarm, with manual call points shall be provided in plant call points location

to start, activate alarm, siren shall be indicated in site plant provided in ECC, control rooms and OHC.

Zone indication is received at main gate. To identify problem area and communicate to main gate

security officer, coordinate with OHC / fire station, to organize help to respective zones with

ambulance and fire tender.

Flame proof Electric Fittings

All electrical fittings provided in sensitive areas are flame proof and intrinsically safe.

Tools and Tackles

In chemical industry, it is customary to use non-sparking type tools (spanners, wrenchesetc).

Electrical hand tools like torches; lamp etc. to be used in the hazardous area should be flame proof

type. All tools should be of approved quality and make and will be purchased with test certificates

7.6 CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS

INTRODUCTION

The consequence analysis is carried out to determine the extent of spread (dispersion) by accidental

release which may lead to jet fire, pool fire, tank fire resulting into generating heat radiation,

overpressures, explosions etc.

In order to form an opinion on potentially serious hazardous situations and their consequences,

consequence analysis of potential failure scenarios is conducted. It is qualitative analysis of hazards due

to various failure scenarios. In consequence analysis, each failure case is considered in isolation and




MT/Month

165

damage effects predicted, without taking into the account of the secondary events or failures it may

cause, leading to a major disastrous situation. The results of consequence analysis are useful in

developing disaster management plan and in developing a sense of awareness among operating and

maintenance personnel. It also gives the operating personnel and population living in its vicinity, an

understanding of the hazard they are posed to.

SELECTED FAILURE CASES

Earlier, it was the practice to select a particular item in a unit as failure scenario, e.g. rupture of reactor

outlet pipe. Such selection is normally subjective on following parameters:

Properties of material namely Toxic or Flammable.

The likely severity of consequence in the event of accidental release based on inventory, operated

pressure & operated temperature.

The probability of failure of various equipments such as valves, flanges, pipe, pressure vessels etc.

used in the plant.

Size of Release: For accidental releases identified for consequence analysis is 50mm leakage. The

scenarios are considered to be confined to those equipment failures which involve the leakage of

flammable or toxic products, of which the frequency of occurrence and the severity of the consequences

have been taken into consideration and which may have a low probability of early detection.

Taking this factor into consideration, a list of selected failure cases was prepared based on process

knowledge, inventory, engineering judgment, and experience, past incidents associated with such

facilities and considering the general mechanisms for loss of containment. Cases have been identified

for the consequence analysis.

EFFECT OF RELEASE

When hazardous material is released to atmosphere due to any reason, a vapor cloud is formed. Direct

cloud formation occurs when a gaseous or flashing liquid escapes to the atmosphere.

1. Dispersion of hydrocarbon vapor with wind till it reaches its lower flammability limit (LFL) or

finds a source of ignition before reaching LFL, which will result in a flash fire or explosion.

2. Spillage of liquid hydrocarbons will result in a pool of liquid, which will evaporate taking heat from

the surface, forming a flammable atmosphere above it. Ignition of this pool will result in pool fire

causing thermal radiation hazards.

3. A fireball or BLEVE (Boiling Liquid expanding Vapor Explosion) occurs when a vessel containing

a highly volatile liquid (e.g. LPG, Propylene etc.) fails and the released large mass of vapor cloud

gets ignited immediately. It has damage potential due to high intensity of radiation and generation

of the overpressure waves, causing large scale damage to nearby equipment and structures.

4. Catastrophic failure of tanks/ pressurized vessels, rotary equipment and valves etc. can result in

equipment fragments flying and hitting other equipment of the plant.

5. Release of toxic compounds results in the toxic vapour cloud traveling over long distances, affecting

a large area, before it gets sufficiently diluted to harmless concentration in the atmosphere.

6. The material is in two phases inside the containment - liquid & vapor. Depending on the location

of the leak liquid or vapor will be released from the containment. If vapor is released a vapor cloud

will form by the mixing of the vapor and air. The size of the vapor cloud will depend on the rate of

release, wind speed; wind direction & atmospheric stability will determine the dispersion and

movement of the vapor cloud.

7. If liquid is released there will be some flashing as the boiling point of liquid is below the ambient

temperature. The vapor formed by immediate flashing will behave as vapor release. The liquid will




MT/Month

166

fall on the ground forming a pool. There will be vaporization from the pool due to the heat gained

from the atmosphere & ground.

8. There will be dispersion and movement of vapor cloud formed by evaporation of liquid.

The behaviour of material released by loss of containment depends on the following factors:

1. Physical properties of the material

2. Conditions of material in containment (pressure and temperature)

3. Phase of material released (liquid or gas)

4. Inventory of material released

5. Weather parameters (temperature, humidity, wind speed, atmospheric stability)

6. Material with boiling point below ambient condition.




MT/Month

167


1. Methanol

Scenario details 5 mm leak 25 mm leak 100 mm leak Catastrophic Rupture

Weather Category 1.5 F 1.5 D 5D 1.5 F 1.5 D 5D 1.5 F 1.5 D 5D 1.5 F 1.5 D 5D

Flash Fire Envelope (m)

Conc. (ppm)

7500 3 3 2 8 8 6 11 11 11 11 12 26

15000 8 7 2 18 16 9 26 28 21 64 52 78

Thermal Damage Distance by Pool Fire (m)

Radiation

Intensity

(KW/m2)

4 15 15 15 63 62 62 103 102 104 102 102 104

12.5 9 9 10 41 40 44 67 67 73 66 66 73

37.5 N/A N/A N/A 26 26 25 43 43 43 41 41 42

Thermal Damage Distance by Jet Fire (m)

Radiation

Intensity

( KW/m2)

4 5 5 4 15 15 13 41 41 38 N/A N/A N/A

12.5 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 11 N/A N/A 31 N/A N/A N/A

37.5 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A

Maximum Distance at Overpressure Level (m)

Overpressure

( bar)

0.02068 N/A N/A N/A 24 23 N/A 106 89 105 231 232 243

0.1379 N/A N/A N/A 5 5 N/A 21 17 20 45 45 14

0.2068 N/A N/A N/A 3 3 N/A 15 13 15 34 33 10




MT/Month

168

NA- Not Applicable

The results for 100mm leak and catastrophic case are superimposed on plot plan and presented in below figures. The results for only credible scenarios are

presented.

Flash fire in case of 100mm leak of Methanol Storage Tank

Flash fire envelope in case of 100mm leak of Methanol Storage Tank




MT/Month

169

Late pool fire Intensity radii in case of 100mm leak of Methanol Storage Tank

Late pool fire Intensity radii in case of 100mm leak of Methanol Storage Tank




MT/Month

170

Jet Fire Intensity radii in case of 100mm leak of Methanol Storage Tank




MT/Month

171

Jet Fire envelope Intensity radii in case of 100mm leak of Methanol Storage Tank

Late Explosion worst case radii in case 100mm leak of Methanol Storage Tank




MT/Month

172

Late Explosion worst case radii in case 100mm leak of Methanol Storage Tank




MT/Month

173

Maximum Concentration Footprint in case 100mm leak of Methanol Storage Tank

Maximum Concentration Footprint envelope in case 100mm leak of Methanol Storage Tank




MT/Month

174

Flash Fire in case of catastrophic rupture of Methanol Storage Tank

Flash Fire envelope in case of catastrophic rupture of Methanol Storage Tank




MT/Month

175

Late Pool Fire intensity radii in case catastrophic rupture of Methanol Storage Tank

Late Pool Fire envelope intensity radii in case catastrophic rupture of Methanol Storage Tank




MT/Month

176

Late Explosion worst case radii in case catastrophic rupture of Methanol Storage Tank




MT/Month

177

Late Explosion worst case radii in case catastrophic rupture of Methanol Storage Tank

Maximum Concentration footprint in case of catastrophic rupture of methanol Storage Tank




MT/Month

178

Maximum Concentration footprint in case of catastrophic rupture of methanol Storage Tank

2. Phenol


Weather Category 1.5 F 5D 1.5D 1.5 F 5D 1.5D 1.5 F 5D 1.5D 1.5 F 5D 1.5D


Conc. (ppm)

7500 3 3 3 15 17 16 0 6 0 508 162 47

15000 0 9 1 12 11 13 2 3 0 315 94 40





MT/Month

179



Radiation

Intensity

(KW/m2)

4 27 28 27 62 70 63 75 84 75 73 83 73

12.5 17 20 17 31 33 30 38 41 38 34 37 35

37.5 8 9 9 N/R N/R N/R N/R N/R N/R N/R N/R N/R


Radiation

Intensity

( KW/m2)

4 11 13 12 48 41 48 148 130 148 N/A N/A N/A

12.5 9 9 8 38 32 38 117 100 117 N/A N/A N/A

37.5 6 7 6 32 26 32 97 82 97 N/A N/A N/A


Overpressure

( bar)

0.02068 N/A N/A N/A 35 32 34 127 129 123 417 359 327

0.1379 N/A N/A N/A 16 16 16 55 63 54 411 134 114

0.2068 N/A N/A N/A 15 14 15 49 57 48 412 121 97

The results for 100mm leak and catastrophic case are superimposed on plot plan and presented in below figures. The results for only credible scenarios are

presented.

Flash fire in case of 100mm leak of Phenol Tank




MT/Month

180

Intensity radii for late pool fire in case of 100mm leak of Phenol tank

Intensity radii Jet fire in case of 100mm leak of Phenol tank




MT/Month

181

Flash fire in case of catastrophic rupture of Phenol Tank




MT/Month

182

Intensity radii for late pool fire in case of Catastrophic rupture of Phenol tank

Intensity radii for late pool fire in case of Catastrophic rupture of Phenol tank




MT/Month

183

3. Acetic Acid Storage Tank




Conc. (ppm)

27000 16 4 15 89 51 93 163 162 190 40 50 32

54000 8 3 4 71 34 70 123 126 145 25 33 22


Radiation

Intensity

(KW/m2)

4 NH NH NH NH NH NH NH NH NH NH NH NH

12.5 NH NH NH NH NH NH NH NH NH NH NH NH

37.5 NH NH NH NH NH NH NH NH NH NH NH NH


Radiation

Intensity

( KW/m2)

4 13 10 13 55 45 55 186 153 186 NH NH NH

12.5 NR 8 NR 45 37 45 152 124 152 NH NH NH

37.5 NR NR NR NR NR NR NR 103 NR NH NH NH


Overpressure

( bar)

0.02068 26 22 NA 238 115 202 339 320 330 239 241 242

0.1379 13 12 NA 110 62 111 187 171 204 63 71 63

0.2068 12 11 NA 103 59 106 180 166 198 54 60 52




MT/Month

184

Jet Fire Intensity radii in case of 100mm leak of Acetic Acid Storage Tank

Late Explosion worst case radii in case 100mm leak of Acetic Acid Storage Tank




MT/Month

185

Flash Fire in case of 100mm leak of Acetic Acid Storage Tank

Late Explosion worst case radii in case catastrophic rupture of Acetic Acid Storage Tank




MT/Month

186

Flash Fire Envelope in case of Catastrophic Rupture of Acetic Acid Storage Tank




MT/Month

187

4. Formaldehyde Storage Tank




Conc. (ppm)

35000 14 4 10 73 42 74 214 103 207 218 168 216

70000 5 3 4 47 23 39 149 63 126 141 106 136


Radiation

Intensity

(KW/m2)

4 12 12 11 64 61 63 153 152 152 167 173 165

12.5 8 7 7 41 43 41 100 107 99 106 120 105




MT/Month

188



37.5 NR NR NR 25 23 25 59 58 58 59 64 58


Radiation

Intensity

( KW/m2)

4 12 10 12 48 40 48 143 121 143 NA NA NA

12.5 NR 8 NR 39 33 39 118 98 118 NA NA NA

37.5 NR NR NR NR NR NR NR 78 NR NA NA NA


Overpressure

( bar)

0.02068 22 NA 21 190 95 142 606 249 490 567 539 565

0.1379 12 NA 12 93 50 84 287 129 256 267 171 238

0.2068 11 NA 11 87 48 80 267 121 242 250 160 227

Jet Fire Intensity radii in case of 100mm leak of Formaldehyde Storage Tank




MT/Month

189

Intensity radii of Late Pool Fire in case of 100mm leak of Formaldehyde Storage Tank




MT/Month

190

Late Explosion worst case radii in case 100mm leak of Formaldehyde Storage Tank

Flash Fire Envelope in case of Catastrophic Rupture of Formaldehyde Storage Tank




MT/Month

191

Intensity radii of Late Pool Fire in case of Catastrophic Rupture of Formaldehyde Storage Tank

Late Explosion worst case radii in case of Catastrophic Rupture of Formaldehyde Storage Tank




MT/Month

192

Flash Fire Envelope in case of Catastrophic Rupture of Formaldehyde Storage Tank




MT/Month

193




MT/Month

194

7.7 Conclusion

In above qra study we found that this industry stored hazards material like corrosive and toxic acids

and flammable chemicals etc. In case of 100 mm leakage in formaldehyde storage tank the damage

distance and affected area around 606 m from the object during worst case.

Proposed control measures on the basis of consequeses analysis.

Follow disaster management plan/procedure in case of any spillage, release and fire of hazardous

material. Provide specific active and passive fire fighting system.

7.8 Proposed Control Measures

To prevent fatalities, injuries and to reduce damage to buildings and contents follow Workplace

Emergency Planning & Preparedness procedure:

1. Onsite emergency response plan will be prepared and implement.

2. Trained employees will be deployed for operation.

3. Adequate personal protective equipment will be provided to all working personnel.

4. Fire hydrant system and fire extinguishers will be installed.

5. Regular training programs will be conducted for enhancement of employees’ competence.

6. Earthing and bonding will be provided to all the storage tanks and pipeline to prevent

accumulation of static charge.

7. Safe operating procedures will be developed and implemented.

8. National / International engineering standards in the Design, Construction and testing of the

storage tanks, equipment and other hardware will be adhered.

9. Visual display signage will be provided.

10. Material safety sheet and SOP will be displayed.

11. Safety appliances and equipment (Self-contained breathing apparatus, safety shower etc.) will

be provided.

7.9 Mitigation Measures General

Measures and Recommendations are as follows:

Storage areas shall be free from accumulation of materials.

Non-freeze safety showers and eyewash fountains shall be provided, clearly marked, well lit and

with unobstructed access.

Periodic on site emergency Mock Drills and occasional Off Site Emergency Mock. Drills to be

conducted, so those staffs are trained and are in a state of preparedness to tackle any emergency.

Safe operating procedure to be prepared for hazardous process and material handling process.

Safety devices and control instruments to be calibrated once in a year.




MT/Month

195

Proper colour work as per IS 2379 to plant pipeline and tank, equipments to be done once in a six

month to protect from corrosion.

Preventive maintenance schedule to be prepared for all equipments.

Permit to work system to be implemented for hazardous work in the plant.

Safe handling of solvent drum procedure should be defined.

6.12. It is recommended to store the drums having flammable material at low height to avoid

accidental damage and fire hazards during the transfer of drums using forklifts

7.10 REFERENCES

1. Quantitative Risk Assessment-M.J Borysiewiez, M.A. Borysiewiez, L. Garanty, A. Kozubal

2. Guide to Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemicals Rules (MSIHC), 1989 issued

by the ministry of environment and forests, (MoEF) Govt. of India as amended up to date.

3. Guideline for QRA from the- “PURPLE BOOK”

4. World Bank Technical papers relating to “Techniques for assessing Industrial Hazards”.

5. Major Hazard Control by ILO.

6. Risk Management Program guidelines by EPA (US)

7. World Bank Technical Paper no. 55 – Technical ltd. For assessing hazards – A Manual.

8. PHAST Software

7.11 Introduction to Disaster Management Plan

The proponent M/s Maruti Mica is a proposed expansion project located at Hadamtala, Gondal highway,

Industrial zone, Rajkot in Gujarat State. M/s Maruti Mica is promoted by Mr. Vinu Patel. The

promoter’s plan is to manufacture synthetic resins.

A Disaster Management Plan is prepared to meet any grave emergency which can occur due to Natural

Disasters such as Floods, Earthquakes, or due to Man-Made Disasters such as Acts of war and Fires,

Power failures, etc.

An Action Plan has been drawn to fix responsibility and actions to be taken by various groups to meet

and contain the disaster within shortest possible time and with minimum loss to men, material and

property. It is the responsibility of all the individuals in their respective areas to ensure the success of

this plan. This plan shall be circulated for benefit / training of all individuals residing in the premises.

Objective

The objective of the plan is to handle emergency situation that may arise due to spillage and fire while

handling plant & equipment and any adverse effect on employees and public at large is minimized and

normalcy is restored within shortest possible time.

The Disaster Management Plan is aimed to ensure safety of life, protection of environment, protection

of installations, restoration of production and salvage operations in this same order of priorities. For

effective implementation of the Disaster Management Plan, it will be widely circulated and personnel

training given through rehearsals/drills.




MT/Month

196

Disaster management plan/Emergency Response Plan (action plan) has been drawn to fix responsibility

& actions to be taken by various groups to meet & contain the emergency within shortest possible time

& with minimum loss to men, materials, machines & property. It is responsibility of all individuals in

their respective areas to ensure success of this plan. This plan will be circulated for benefit / training of

all individuals working.

The major functions & objectives to formulate the plan are:

i) To mobilize the available / trained manpower and handle the emergency from:

On-site (within factory)

Off-site (through outside agencies).

ii) To ascertain urgently the likely area of influence and take actions for warnings, control of disaster

with minimum damage to men, material, machines and evacuation of employees / public, identify

the persons affected / dead, arrange first aid / medical help to the victims.

iii) Inform relatives of the casualties; provide authoritative information to News Media & others;

preserve relevant records & equipments needed as evidence in any subsequent inquiry.

iv) Approach District Administration / Civil authorities etc. in order to ensure prompt relief for

execution of Emergency Response Plan.

This document sets out the Disaster management plan/emergency plans for all levels of accident ranging

from a local incident within the site boundary to a situation that requires outside support.

The objectives of the Disaster management plan /emergency plan are:

To protect lives of working personnel and nearby population.

To contain the hazards and to control their spread.

To minimize the impact on the environment.

To minimize the loss to plant and production.

Definition and Scope

A major emergency is defined as one, which may affect one or several sections of the plant and possibly

extend beyond the factory boundaries. It may cause serious injuries, loss of life or extensive damage to

property.

The Disaster Management Plan has been prepared in order to provide proper guidance to plant operating

personnel to confidently handle any accidental spillage or fire / explosion or any natural calamity or

sabotage. With this objective, comprehensive information has been assembled in the materials used,

about its hazardous properties, fire hazards, safety appliances, safety measures incorporated in the plant,

emergency procedures and finally regarding the constitution & responsibility of Emergency Rescue

Team (Emergency Response & Management Team / Task Force).

Methodology

A major emergency occurring at a plant is one that may cause serious injuries, loss of life, extensive

damage to property or environment or serious disruption inside or outside the plants. This may demand

the rescue and relief measures on a war footing to handle it effectively and quickly. Within the high-

risk technology industries, the need for well-planned measures should be self-evident.




MT/Month

197

No matter how well a process is controlled and safeguarded by instruments and process safety

procedures, it is inevitable that there is a residual risk, which is capable of causing a variety of

emergencies.

The Factories Act, 1948 as amended in the year 1987 under section 41B requires that every occupier

shall draw up a Disaster Management Plan and detailed disaster control measures for his plant and make

them know to the employees and to the general public living in the vicinity of the plant.

Its objective is to reduce the severity of loss following particular hazardous incidents. At the same time,

must be clearly understood that it is not a substitute for maintaining good standards for working

consistently with the requirements of safety and health inside the plants.

Level of Diasters

The Guidelines (NDMA Guidelines) categorize the levels of disasters into L0, L1, L2, & L3 based on

the ability of various authorities to deal with them. In short, in order to facilitate the responses and

assistances to States and Districts, the levels of disasters have been defined as follows.

1. L0 level denotes normal times which will be utilized for close monitoring, documentation,

prevention and preparatory activities. Training on search and rescue, rehearsals, evaluation and

inventory updation for response activities will be carried out during this time.

2. L1 level specifies disaster that can be managed at the District level, however, the State and

Centre will remain in readiness to provide assistance if needed.

3. L2 level disaster situations are those which require assistance and participation of State,

mobilization of its resources for management of resources.

4. L3 level disaster situation is in case of large scale disaster where the State and District

authorities have been overwhelmed and require assistance from the Central Government for

reinstating the State and District machinery as well as for rescue, relief, other response and

recovery measures. In most cases, the scale and intensity of the disaster as determined by the

concerned technical agencies like Indian meteorological department(IMD)/ Indian National

Centre for Ocean Information Services (INCOIS) are sufficient for the declaration of L3

disaster.

Information on risk evaluation preliminary hazard analysis

The Disaster Management Plan describes the Organization & procedures for dealing with potential

accidents arising from the operations of M/s. Maruti Mica.

Experience of accidents that have occurred in various other similar plants was considered in the

preparation of this Plan especially material while handling synthetic organic chemical unit identical to

this plant. This plan will need periodic review & modification following emergency exercise, or include

any new information relating to changes to the facilities.

This Plan is needed to respond to a variety of emergencies / disasters:

i) Disasters due to emergency on account of:

a. Fire or explosion

b. Spillage




MT/Month

198

a. Fire or explosion: The organization is handling Synthetic organic chemical industry unit, the

fire, mainly due to fire in process equipments and electrical equipments such as transformers,

DG sets etc.

b. Spillage: Accidental spillage/leakage of material while handling of chemicals causing

engulfment of workers.

ii) Disaster due to natural calamities such as:

a. Flood

b. Earth quake

c. Storm / cyclone

d. Heat Waves

a. Flood

The southwest monsoon brings a humid climate from mid-June to mid-September. The average

annual rainfall is around 674 mm (26.5 in).The nearest water body from the facility is Bhadar

River which is 3.4Kms away from the site. The heavy rainfall and water released from the

Bhadar River may increase water level in the river bed creating flood situation.

b. Earth quake

This zone is classified as Moderate Damage Risk zone which is liable to MSK VII and also 7.8.

The IS code assigns zone factor of 0.16 for Zone 3.

c. Storm / cyclone

Cyclones make impact by killing people, damaging property, crops and infrastructure. The area

falls under category in which wind speed is 48-50m/sec. So the chances are there for storm &

cyclone.

d. Heat Waves

e. During summer time, the temperature ranges between 24 °C and 42 °C, leading to severe heat

wave conditions. This results in loss of life of many people particularly, homeless, gardeners,

daily wagers who work out under direct sun, auto drivers, etc.

iii) Disaster due to external factors such as:

a. Sabotage, Civil Riots or War, Terrorism, air raid, etc.

Sabotage, Civil Riots or War, Terrorism: No solution can be offered to eliminate either terrorist

threats or planted bombs, but one can be well or badly prepared to cope with them when such

incidents happen. It is essential for organizations to design and implement both good physical

security and a comprehensive bomb threat response plan.

The condition which create emergency.

Flood - The probability of the flood is moderate and intensity is low to moderate

Earthquake - This zone is classified as Moderate Damage Risk zone which is liable to MSK VII

and also 7.8. The IS code assigns zone factor of 0.16 for Zone 3.

Cyclone causes stampede in crowd

Storms causes stampede in crowd

Bombarding during terrorist attack or war

Political Violence- Rajkot is politically an active city ever since the struggle for independence. The

political culture of Rajkot has been rapidly undergoing change and political violence cannot be ruled

out.




MT/Month

199

RECOMMENDATIONS

Flood:

Introduce better flood warning systems

Modify homes and businesses to help them withstand floods nearby river side.

Construct buildings above flood levels

Protect wetlands and introduce plant trees strategically

Put up more flood barriers.

Earthquake:

Find a clear spot away from buildings, trees, and power lines. Drop to the ground.

Don’t Rush Indoors

Stay Put remain there until the earth stops shaking

Remain Calm until the earth stops shaking

Bridge Collapse:

Immediately call ambulance

Immediately call Police, NDRF & Municipal Commissionaire.

Stop movement across bridge.

Survey site and remove people from covered collapse material.

Cyclone/Storm:

Immediately call ambulance & NDRF team.

Provide shelter for the victims and provide first aid on site.

Survey site and remove people from covered collapse material.

Terrorist Attack/ Political Violence:

Don’t be panic and threatened.

Call the police, ambulance & District Collector.

The above are the summarized results of an analysis of hazard, risk and disaster impact in Rajkot. For

more study of risk criteria please refer, Gujarat State Disaster Management Plan.

The action plan responding to an emergency situation depends very much on the level of the emergency

which, itself is defined by the consequences arising from the types of hazard identified.




MT/Month

200

Diaster Preparedness

This section highlights the Organization for disaster preparedness. No plan will succeed without

effective Disaster Management. Disaster Management Plan is a part and parcel of a good ON-SITE and

OFF-SITE emergency plan, without which all resources, facilities etc., event available with us, cannot

be put into services at a right time is the key factor in tackling an emergency.

It is not possible to envisage and detail every action which should be taken in emergency and to harness

the basic elements of emergency preparedness such as Gravity of emergency, Communication of

information, on-site action for process and emergency controls, Mobilization of internal and external

resources for fire and spillage etc. Emergency Organization is set up specifying duties and

responsibilities of all to make best use of all resources and to avoid confusion while tackling the

emergency.

Disaster Management Plan / On-Site Emergency Plan highlight the flow of information and co-

operation among various action groups within the factory. Off-site Emergency Plan indicates various

action groups at district levels which will get engaged in case of off-site emergency.

Emergency organization and arrangement include:

Site Main Controller

Incident Controller

Service coordinator

Assembly Points

Emergency Control Centre

Medical Services & First Aid

Transport & Evacuation arrangements

Other arrangements etc.

Emergency Organization

This section is devised to suggest the organization for emergency preparedness. Key personnel to

combat emergency are nominated with specific responsibilities according to set procedures and making

best use of the resources available and to avoid confusion. Such key personnel include Site Main

Controller, Incident Controller;Services Coordination includes Fire & Safety, Security, Engineering

Services (Maintenance), Environment, Lab (QC/QA), HR & Admin, Account & Finance, Store &

purchase and Process.

Plant Assembly Points

The assembly points will be selected considering the distance from the hazardous place, wind direction,

capacity to accommodate the required number of people and availability of the other resources in that

area. In case of emergency, it will be necessary to evacuate all personnel from effective area except

personnel who will be directly involved in dealing with the incident. On evacuation people will go to

pre assigned assembly points.

Emergency Control Centre (ECC)

The emergency control center shall be situated in the plant, from which the operation to handle the

emergency are directed and coordinated. The center will be equipped with all necessary emergency

equipment, communication arrangement to receive and transmit information and directions from and to

the incident controller and areas of the works as well as outside.




MT/Month

201

The emergency contact numbers for the mutual aids like nearest police station, fire station, hospital,

ambulance service etc. & list of emergency team members and various activity coordinators will be

displayed at the emergency control center, security gate and other prominent locations.

Emergency Control Centre Will Contain the Following Facilities:

a. Adequate number of telephones for external & internal communication

b. Plans of the location

c. Stationeries

d. Copies of the on-site and off-site emergency plans

e. Firefighting equipment such as Fire extinguisher, fire hoses & nozzles etc.

f. Safety equipments such as SCBA, gum boots, gloves, goggles, cover all etc.

Trained personnel will always be available in these areas who can rush to the emergency point in

shortest time. Warning system will always be kept in working order.

Fire extinguishers of suitable types and hydrants will be provided at almost all the places of plant.

Medical Services and First Aid

M/s. Maruti Mica will set up a First-Aid Centre in the Factory premises & will arrange pre-employment

& periodic medical examination of the employees.

An emergency vehicle will be available for evacuation and transportation of people to hospital, H.J.

Doshi Hospital, which is approx. 7.6 Km from the plant.

The First aid team will play critical role in attending the victims in case of any accident.

First Aid boxes & list of trained first-aider will be available at security Check Post.

In case of any medical assistance other than first aid, the Admin In-charge/ Site- SHE representative

will arrange for a vehicle to shift the casualty to the company accredited hospital, or call an ambulance

to mobilize the casualty to the medical center/ hospital.

First Aid boxes & first-aider list will be kept at security cabin. In case of any medical assistance other

than first aid, the Admin incharge/ Site- SHE representative arrange for a vehicle to shift the casualty

to the below mentioned hospital, or call an ambulance to mobilize the casualty to the medical center.

Transport and Evacuation Arrangments

In a major emergency, it will be necessary to evacuate personnel from affected areas and to further

evacuate non-essential workers from areas likely to be affected should the emergency escalate.

A siren will be provided to warn the people for the evacuation. The mode of siren for evacuation will

be wailing pitch. On hearing the siren, people will disperse from the work area and will evacuate to safe

assembly points. Proper instruction will be given to all the employees about the rising of siren and the

emergencies. The same instructions will also be displayed at prominent places within the plant area.

The employees would proceed to the predetermined assembly points on hearing the siren and the

support staff / security forces would be instructed to divert the people away from the affected area and

towards the assembly points.

Communication and help from external emergency services




MT/Month

202

Communication is a critical factor in handling an emergency. To control the situation by the earliest

possible action, the practice should be that any employee can raise an emergency alarm.

A siren will be provided to warn the people for the evacuation. The mode of siren for evacuation will

be wailing pitch. Essential requirements are that there should be an adequate number of readily

identified points from where the alarm can be raised and these needs to be clearly indicated by sign

boards and by indications in the plans.

In areas where there will be high level of noise (as the case here), it may be necessary to install more

than one audible alarm transmitted or flashing lights, Automatic alarms may be considered appropriate

on sites.

The following help from external emergency services is shown below,

Fire brigade of the nearest area shall help the plant fire control team during fire at site.

Police station personnel shall help the company to maintain law & order, Traffic control &

evacuation operations.

Nearest Hospital or Nursing home shall render emergency medical services to the company for

the first aid & medical treatment during emergency.

District supply officer shall ensure continuous supply of essential items, medicines (Govt.

Quota) and other emergency materials during emergency.

Other Arrangements

The details about Power Supply Interruption, Water Drainage, Electrical Supply etc. & Control

arrangements shall be provided.

Power Supply Interruption

For Emergency, Plant Operations and Emergency Lighting provisions will be made according to

requirements. DG set will be provided as backup.

Water Drainage

In order to avoid difficulties of storm water distribution proper drainage to the storm water/rain water

runoff system will be designed so as to protect the plant equipments, Building & offices. No area will

submerge in the flood as adequate height has been provided to all installations such as utility block,

office building, Process plant, warehouses & storage area has been provided with individual dyke.

Electrical Supply

As the fire protection system is safety related, it is mandatory that any electrical power supply for the

control, Operation or instrumentation of the system shall be from an assured supply. During monsoon

season the electrical circuit (conduit wiring) sometimes comes in contact with wet or structure (in case

of any breakage, loose fittings), in such case there is probability of current leakage.

Trade Waste Disposal

Organization will be more concerned for environment protection and pollution abatement at all times.

Provision will be made to dispose Solid wastes. The company will dispose off all solid waste in safe

manner.

Emergency Action




MT/Month

203

Though it will be an impractical to describe all the foreseeable scenarios involving

flammable/combustible materials and the suggested action for the same, some important ones are

discussed here briefly. Even in identical incidents the right course of action may not necessarily be the

same every time as the actual action will depend on the several factors, such as the place of incident,

quantity of material involved, the amount of release, the nature of material, the wind direction, the wind

velocity, temperature of surrounding, time of day, prevailing season and weather condition.

In case of Fire

In case of declaration of onsite emergency (Hearing of emergency siren), evacuate the area as per

evacuation plan & exit signs on instruction of shift in-charge / incident controller as quickly as possible

after safe shutdown of the plant. See that the wind direction is in opposite direction of assembly point

by wind direction indicator. If not, change the assembly point.

Following are the general guideline for emergency action.

Raise the alarm through nearest MCP

Inform security and shift in charge.

Carry nearest fire extinguisher & try to extinguish if possible.

Assemble emergency team and inform other emergency members.

Check the wind direction, then decide the assembly point and inform accordingly.

Warn the people nearby.

Attempt to isolate /extinguish the fire with the help of others with available appropriate

extinguishers.

Arrange fire hydrant hose and try to cool surrounding

Cordon the area and try to shift the drum of flammable material.

Used foam generating nozzle and create foam to extinguish fire.

If fire beyond control call fire brigade after consultation with chief controller.

Cool the surrounding or remove flammable material if possible.

Take head count at site and inform to the chief controller.

Also take head count at the assembly point and tally.

Search for missing person if any.

Call for mutual aid members for help, if require.

Arrange for rescue, if required.

Give first aid to the injured person and check for further treatment is required.

Give priority to saving life and preventing further injuries.

Confirm the massage of incident attend to the main controller & raise the all clear siren.

Collect the photograph and other evidence to cause fine.

In Case of spillage of materials while unloading & loading activity and equipment inside the

factory premises

Special instruments for storing, Handling & emergency actions in case of spillage of materials are given

separately in MSDS.

Following are the general guideline for action:

Use PPE’s like SCBA/Gas mask/Respirator & evacuate the area.

Designated area will be provided for tanker parking.

In case of declaration of onsite emergency (Hearing of emergency siren), evacuate the area as per

evacuation plan & exit signs on instruction of shift in-charge / incident Controller as quickly as possible




MT/Month

204

after safe shut down of the plant. See that the wind direction is in opposite direction of assembly point

by wind direction indicator. If not, change the assembly point.

In case of natural calamity like flood, Strom or earth quake (remote possibility) or war like situation

the management may seek outside help. The help may be for firefighting, Evacuation (of

surrounding population), Medical treatment, shelter, food, transport or communications

Following are the general guideline for emergency action:

Close main valve

In case the cylinders are on the ground the same be shifted to storage shed to ensure that the

floodwater shall not carry the cylinders.

Switch off electricity (main).

Assemble outside the office, away from Electric Poles & Wires.

Evacuate the areas after initiating (communication in working condition) off site organization.

In case of War/Civil riots

Following are the general guideline for emergency action:

Intimate nearest police station & stimulate off site emergency plan

Stop unloading / loading operations (if any)

Intimate civil defense dept. about the situation

Security persons shall protect & control law & order.

General Actoin Plan

All personnel handling the emergency should wear PVC suit / alkali suit, gumboot, PVC hand

gloves, PVC goggles.

Isolate the sources of supply.

Cordon off the area.

Avoid the entry of unnecessary people.

Start barricading the area with sand / earth.

Flush the affected body parts with plenty of water and seek medical help.

7.12 Evacuation Plan

On hearing the siren all employees shall evacuate the area by safely closing down all operation as per

instructions from their Incident Controller or in nighttime Shift supervisor. After gathering at assembly

points, shift-in-charge should take the roll call & ensure that no person is left trapped.

The Rescue Coordinator or Guard (who is inside the plant for duty) shall ensure that none is trapped

inside the plant. Security guards shall ensure total evacuation.

Main gate will be used for movement of personnel, movement of rescue, medical aid.

Traffic Control

The Security In-charge or Guard shall contact Service Coordinatorand shall make himself available at

main gate for traffic control till local authorities help is available.

Unwanted traffic and public gathering shall be controlled & avoided by security personnel till local help

from police is available.




MT/Month

205

Public Relation

Inevitably a major incident will attract the attention of the press, television and radio services and

anxious inquiries from friends and relatives will be flooding the factory. It is essential to make

arrangements for authoritative release of information to them. SMC/IC who is familiar with procedures

of dealing with such situations, shall take charge of public Relations, information etc. He will be the

sole authoritative source of information to the news media and others.

Declaration of Cessation of Emergency

The Service coordinator (Emergency Fire, Rescue & Security Co-coordinators etc.) will not signal the

end of the emergency until he is satisfied that all the spillage are arrested or fires are extinguished and

there is no risk of re-ignition (in case of fire). In the case of gas, the all clear will be declared only when

the source of emission has been effectively isolated and gas clouds dispersed well below safe level.

Even when the all clear Signal has been given, great care is needed while entering affected areas and

no work in connection with salvage, collection of evidence should be commenced until a thorough

examination of the area has been carried out. The siren code will follow for declaring the cessation of

an emergency. Sources of leakage, fire, and explosion and so on, until it has been established that no

materials remain where they could be ignited. All clear signed shall be given by SMC / Incident

Controller.

Plan appraisal and updating

The matters relating to review effectiveness of emergency planning should cover:

Time limit, which is essential for rescuing and evacuating personnel from the scene or confined space

for carrying out any emergency measures. It is essential to check whether pre-determined time limit has

been met and if not the impediments for it should be identified. For example, if 15 minutes is fixed for

evacuating the people from confined space, it may be reduced to 10 minutes, if considered necessary

for the safe evacuation.

To check the quantum of emergency, equipments like firefighting equipment, personnel protective

equipment etc. are required to be provided in the critical areas whether it is adequate or not. Any changes

made in the plant should also be made known to all.

Safety and mitigation measures

Safety Considerations in the design of M/s. Maruti Mica & important mitigating measures will be

provided to contain and control the emergency are outlined below:-

Fire Protection and Fire Fighting System

The plant will be equipped with a comprehensive fire protection system. Following facilities will be

provided for the fire protection:-

Fire Water Supply

Fire Hydrant system, Fire sprinkler system with smoke/fire detectors

Water Pump (Hydrant Pump)

Portable Fire Extinguishers(DCP, mechanical foam and CO2 types with sand buckets)

Equipments and Process safety

Control of noise emissions may include the use of silencers for fans, room enclosures for mill

operators, noise barriers, and, if noise cannot be reduced to acceptable levels, adopt personal

hearing protection.




MT/Month

206

An enclosure covered from all sides and should have a venting arrangement along with a bag

filter.

Storage tanks containing hazardous materials will be located away from the plant.

Provision for delay start warning (Audio/visual) to be followed

Provision for Machine guard system as per requirement either fixed or interlocked.

The fire-fighting system and equipment will be tested and maintained as per relevant standards.

Safety measures in the form of Do’s and Don’ts will be displayed at strategic locations

especially in local language.

Post Emergency plannig

Assess the situation from safety & production angle.

Re-start the plant in the standard sequence.

* All evidences should be collected & accident should be investigated.

Health, safety and Environmental Protection

Company committed to achieving environmental, health & safety (EHS) excellence. This is a

responsibility of management & employer in all function. Company will strive to provide a safe and

healthy working environment & the communities in which we do business. Our programs must combine

clear leadership by management, the participation of all employees and functions, and the use of

appropriate technology in developing and distributing company products & services.

Requirements

Comply with applicable environmental, health, & safety laws and regulations.

Take appropriate measures to prevent workplace injuries & illness, and to provide employees

with a safe & healthy working environment. Consider evolving industry practices, regulatory

requirements and social standards of care.

Eliminate unreasonable, risk form facilities, products, services and activities.

To the extent practicable, reduce the use

Research and where appropriate, implement advanced technology, design and production

facilities, products, services & activities.

Research and where appropriate, implement advanced technology in the design, production and

services and to prevent pollution and conserve, recover and recycle raw material.

Employee responsibility

Follow the policy and applicable laws and regulation to protect your own health and safety as

well as that of other workers, the public and the environment.

Present ideas that support the goals of policy.

Promptly report concerns about possible violation of this policy to the persons listed or to your

manager.

Additional responsibility of leaders

It will make sure this policy is part of an overall policy compliance program as described. The person

will:

Consult with adequacy of their health, safety and environmental programs.

Implement monitoring and auditing system at the plant and business levels designed to detect

violations & assure compliance with law and this policy.




MT/Month

207

Regularly evaluate the effectiveness of managers & other senior employees on their

implementation of this policy and environmental, health & safety programs.

Managers responsible for a facility, activity, product or service will:

Communicate responsibility with employees, communities, customers and government

agencies regarding environmental health and safety issue.

Cooperate with the public, government and other interested parties to develop appropriate

regulatory and public policies that protect employee and public health and the environment.

Implement effective programs, training and best practices for health, safety and environment

protection and for the elimination or reasonable reduction of materials.

Regularly assess plant operations & management. Establish measurements to ensure

compliance with this policy and applicable laws & regulations, when appropriate; review

assessment results with environmental programs.

Ensure that an employee with EHS responsibilities is appropriately screened before

appointment and that continued appropriateness for their position is periodically reviewed.

Develop appropriate program for safety reviews of new and redesigned products prior to sale

and distribution to customers. Monitor after-sale safety performance to identify and address

significant product safety issues.

Work cooperatively with, contractors, business partners & suppliers to ensure that our

relationships with them are supportive of this policy.

Promptly report to medical Services, Environmental Program & your assigned legal counsel

any,

Emergency evacuation, communicable disease or other serious health indent.

Work related employee facilities & other serious safety incidents requiring a report to a

governmental agency.

Information regarding a report to a governmental agency or any governmental allegations of

substantial violations of environmental laws or regulations.

Legal proceedings alleging significant property damage or personal injury from environmental

contamination or exposure to dust & other information requested by medical services or

Environmental programs.

Traning and rehearsing

All employees should know the details of Disaster Management plan and they must receive initial

training in emergency procedures. Then, at suitable intervals this knowledge must be exercised and the

basic plan reviewed and brought up-to-date. It is essential to establish the necessary confident volunteers

and better expertise, so the individuals can carry out their allocated duties. Rehearsal of evacuation

should be regularly carried out efficiently and should cause minimum disruption to the normal activities.

As per industrial best practice Mock Drill should be conducted six monthly.

An after-mock drill report may be prepared detailing the lacunas & strong points so as to make

improvements in the emergency action plan.




MT/Month

208

EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT CHART

EMERGENCY MANAGEMENTCHART




MT/Month

209

IMPORTANT TELEPHONE NUMBERS

SN Service Telephone no.

1 District Collector (DC) 0281 2473900

2 Police Commissioner 0281 2459888/ 0281 247488

3 Superintendent of Police (SP) 0281 2231207

4 Fire station, Kothariya Main Road 098245 95628

5 H.J. Doshi Hospital, Gondal Road 0281 2388994

6 Life Blood Center,Rajkot 0281 2224461




MT/Month

210

8 CHAPTER 8 PROJECT BENEFIT




MT/Month

211

8.1 Introduction

Project benefits focus on those points which become beneficial to the surrounding areaor

community in terms of infrastructural development, Social development, employment and other

tangible benefits due to project. Proposed project has a potential for employment of skilled, semi-

skilled and unskilled employees during construction phase as well as operational phase.

8.2 Employment Potential

Approximate 18 persons will be provided employment in the proposed project. First Preference

will be given to the localpeople from nearby villages according to the skill as well as requirement

which willincrease employment opportunity in the surrounding area. Secondary jobs and indirect

employment are also bound to be generated to provideday-to-day needs and services to the work

force and industrial activity. The employedpeople are benefited financially as this financial

growth fulfills their economicrequirements, which in turn will increase their standard of living.

8.3 Improvement in Physical & Social Infrastructure

Following will be other improvements in the physical infrastructure:

• Adoption of new technology for APCDs.

• Awareness in local people for new technology.

• Improvement in local amenities facilities.

• Improvement in road link facilities as transportation through truck and othervehicles will

increased due to proposed project.

• Improvement in local civilization.

• Increase income of local population

• Increase requirement of man power

• Due to proposed project activity, social infrastructures will be improved by means of

civilization, vocational training and basic amenities.

• Civilization: Due to the project, employment and other infrastructural facilities will boost

up income of surrounding people and improve quality of life. Thiswill indirectly boost up

the civilization of the surrounding people.

• Vocational Training: Moreover, unit will provide vocational training opportunity to the

surrounding people and greed for employment will motivate the education activities that will

lead the change in life style of the surrounding and affected people hence social

infrastructure will be improved.

• Basic Amenities: Better education facilities, proper healthcare, road infrastructure and

drinking water facilities are basic social amenities for better living standard of any human

being which will further increase the above amenities directly/indirectly either by providing

or by improving the facilitiesin the area, which will help in uplifting the living standards of

local communities.

8.14 Other Tangible Benefits

Employment & trade opportunities will be generated with the starting of the proposed activities.

Thus, these considerable employment & trade opportunities willeventually result in appreciable

economic benefits to the local people &businesses/contractors. Proposed project will also

contribute revenue tothe State exchequer in the form of GST –goods & services tax which

includes exciseduty, income tax, state sales tax or VAT, tax for interstate movement, etc. Direct




MT/Month

212

GSTcontribution to the State exchequer will be there due to Income by way of registrationof

trucks, payment of road tax, income tax from individual as well as taxes from associated units.

Thus, the proposed project will help the Government bypaying GST from time to time, which is

a part of revenue and thus, will help indeveloping the area.

Benefits of GST implementation in the country will reduce manufacturing costs due tolower

burden of taxes on the manufacturing sector. Hence prices of consumer goodswill be likely to

come down causing increased demand and consumption of goodsleading to increase in supply.

Hence this will ultimately lead to rise in the production of goods& increase growth in both

domestic and international trade. Thus it wouldbring an increase in the GDP.

The CER activities by the company can be considerably beneficial for the health, education,

upliftment of poor people, welfare of women & labors, assistance to the disabled people etc.

These all together with the economic benefits of the proposed project will result in further

benefits in terms of the literacy level, primary and middle level education and on health facilities.

8.4 Corporate Environment Responsibility (CER)

Industry will provide 2.5 % of the proposed project cost (i.e. 159.4Lakh) towards the Corporate




For CER activities list of school are given as below;

Sr. No Village name Name of School

1 Ardoi Ardoi Taluka Pri. School

2 Gundasara Gundasara Pri. School

3 Ribda Ribda Pri., Ribda school

4 Kotda Sangani Kotda Sangani Boys School

5 Vaddhari Valadhari Pri. School

Type of Activities


(₹)

Total amount

to be spent



facilities in

schools of Lunivav and

pipaliya villages

20,500 26,870 25,950 26,980 23,500 123800


camps


programs in Bhojapara

village

22,962 29,850 28,900 26,700 27,690 136102


education aids in Pipaliya and

Bhunava village

28,979 25,890 27,149 26,780 29,800 138598

Total 72,441 82,610 81,999 80,460 80,990 398500




MT/Month

213

6 Mahika Mota Mahika Mota Pri. School

8 Bhojpara Bhojpara Pri. School

9 Bharudi Bharudi Pri. School

10 Pipaliya Pal Pipaliya Pal Pri. School




MT/Month

214

9 CHAPTER 9 ENVIRONMENTALCOSTS AND BENEFIT

ANALYSIS




MT/Month

215

9.1 Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis

As per EIA Notification 2006, this Chapter of the ‘Environmental Cost BenefitAnalysis’ is

applicable only if it is recommended at the Scoping stage. However, asper TOR points issued

by MOEF, New Delhi vide File No. IA-J-11011/38/2019-IA.II (I) dated 05 March, 2019, the

Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis is notapplicable and hence it has not been prepared.




MT/Month

216

10 CHAPTER 10 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN




MT/Month

217

10.1 Introduction

To formulate and monitor Environmental Protection measures during and after commissioning of

project, preparation of Environmental Management Plan (EMP) is required. The development of sound

Environment Management Plan is important to mitigate any adverse impacts of theproposed project.

The plan should indicate the details as to how various measures have been or are being proposed to be

taken including costcomponents as may be required. Cost of measures for environmental safeguards

should be treated as an integral component of the project cost and environmental aspects should be

taken in to account at various stages of theproject.

10.2 Conceptualization: Preliminary Environmental Assessment.

Planning: Detailed studies of Environmental Impacts and design of safeGuards

Execution: Implementation of Environmental safety measures

Operation: Monitoring of effectiveness of built in safe guards

The maximum amount of pollution load that can be discharged in the environment without affecting

the designated use and is governed by dilution, dispersion and removal due to natural physico-chemical

and biological processes is the Assimilative capacity of the study area. The main objective of

Environmental Management Plan is to warrant that the industrial development in an identified particular

study area needs to be entangled with judicious utilization of non-renewable resources and to ensure

that the stress/load on the ecosystem is within its permissible assimilative capacity i.e. its carrying

capacity.

The Environment Management Plan (EMP) is required to ensure sustainable development in the area

of the proposed plant. Hence, it needs tobe an all encompass plan for which the proposed industry,

Government, Regulating agencies like Pollution Control Board working in the region and more

importantly the affected population of the study area need to extend their co-operation and contribution.

The identification and quantification of impacts based on scientific and mathematical modelling.

The Environmental Management Action Plan aims at controlling pollution atthe source level to the

possible extent with the best available technology followed by treatment measures before they are

discharged. The recyclingand re-use of industrial waste not only reduces the waste generated but canbe

an economic gain to the industry.

10.3 Objective of Environmental Management Plan

The objective of the Environmental Management Plan is summarized as under:

• To limit/reduce the degree, extent, magnitude or duration of adverseimpacts.

• To treat all the pollutants i.e. liquid effluent, air emissions and hazardous waste with adoption of

adequate and efficient technology.

• To comply with all the norms and standards stipulated by Gujarat Pollution Control Board/Central

Pollution Control Board.

• To create good working conditions.

• To reduce any risk hazards and design the disaster management plan.

• Continuous development and search for innovative technologies for acleaner and better

environment.

10.4 Components of EMP

EMP for the proposed project covers following aspects:

• Description of mitigation measures which are proposed for proposedoperation phase only.




MT/Month

218

• Description of monitoring program.

• Institutional arrangements.

• Implementation schedule and reporting procedures.

All above aspects and objectives are kept in the view and considering the same

Specific Environment Management Plan & Mitigative measure for different features of

surrounding environment

10.4.1.1 Odour

Table 61 Odour control Management Plan

Sr.

No.

Name of

Chemical

Type of Odour Threshold

Odour Number

Mitigative Meadure

1 Urea

No detectable smell

(On heating it get

ammonium odour)

- These chemicals should be stored

separately in an adequately

ventilated, dry, dark, fire-proof,

and well-labelled room. Storage

tanks should be electrically

grounded and bonded to transfer

lines. The containers must be

labelled, tightly closed, and kept in

good condition.

Primary & seconadary condensers

with chiller media and demisters to

control VOC emissions & solvent

losses.

Green belt plays an imporatant role

in supreeesing odour.

To control odour in an open area, a

typicsl atomizer can be installed

which decreses the ground level

concentration below threshold

value.

Filtration and drying are conducted

in Agitated Nutsche Filters and

dryers, with vents connected to

minimize solvent losses.

Use of double mechanical seal

fitted transfer pumps for solvents

and low boiling liquid raw material

transfer.

2 Formaldehyde Pungent, Irritating

odour

0.033-0.03

mg/m3

3 Acetic Acid Pungent odor 1 ppm (v/v)

4 Phenol Sickeningly sweet and

Tarry odour

0.021 to 20

mg/m3

5 Caustic Soda No odour -

6 Methanol Faintly sweet

pungent odour -

*The Workers must be equipped with proper mask that can protect them from Odour.

10.4.1.2 Land Environment

Table 62 Environment management Plan for Land Environment

Activities and aspects that will

impact Land use Land Cover

Mitigation measures Location




MT/Month

219

Site preparation- Change in LULC For this, the compensatory green

cover will be developed including

minimum 510 trees of different

species.

Near site premises

10.4.1.3 Air Quality

Table 63 Environment management Plan for Air Environment

Activities and aspects that will

impact Land use Land Cover


Boiler /TFH Dust Collector At the site

Preparation of internal roads Sprinkling of water for dust

suppression

At the site

Vehicular movement for

transportation of materials(Raw &

Products) and equipments

Ensuring the vehiches have

Pollution Under Control (PUC)

certificate

Along the vehicle movement track

10.4.1.4 Water Quality

Table 64 Environment Management Plan for Water Environment

Activities and aspects

that will impact Land use

Land Cover


Usage of Water Online flow meter shall be installed at each of raw water

consumption point. Control on spillages/ wastage of raw water

sources shall be maintained by continue monitoring by flow

measurements. Rain Water Harvesting will be established for

water conservation matter.

At the site

Wastewater generation,

treatment and disposal

Wastewater generated from the project shall be segregated at

source based on pollution load and treated in wastewater

treatment plant. ETP will be installed for Wastewater treatment.

This is ZLD facility.

At the site


chemical

Proper facilities with liner, dyke & bunding shall be provided in

storage area to prevent rain/storm water contamination during

thw storage of chemicals. Use of spill control measures,

mechanical handling, PPE’s shall be mandatory while handling

the chemicals to avoid spillage.

At the site

10.4.1.5 Hazardous waste Management

Table 65Environment Management Plan for Hazardous Waste

Activities and aspects that

will impact Land use Land

Cover


Generation, Storage ,

handing and disposal of

hazardous waste

Hazardous waste shall be segregated at source and stored

in hazardous waste storage area. Proper area shall be

demarcated for the storage of hazardous waste facilitate

with impervious flooring to avoid leakage problem. Spill

At site (during

loading &

unloading of

wastes)




MT/Month

220

control mechanism shall be in place. PPE’s shall be

mandatory wile handling the hazardous waste during

loading & unloading of wastes.

10.5 Environmental Management Systems (EMS)

Unit is well aware of environmental requirements for planning and implementation of the project and

Unit will set up a departmentwith trained personnel headed under the qualified EHS officer. Asindicated

in the impact and mitigation chapter of this report, the environmental impact after proposed activity is

very marginal release of pollutants due to the same.

10.6 Environmental, Health and Safety (EHS)

• This model EHS system suggests and addresses EMS issues such as:

• Management system expectation

• Management leadership, responsibilities and accountability

• Risk assessment and management

• Compliance and other requirements

• Personnel, training and contractor services

• Documentation and communications

• Facilities design and construction

• Operation, maintenance and management

• Community awareness and emergency response

• EHS performance monitoring and measurement

• Incident investigation reporting and analysis

• EHS management system audit

• Management review and audit

10.7 Environmental Management Cell (EMC)

For effective implementation of the monitoring program, Unit will set-up EMC as it is proposed unit.

Thus, unit will set-up permanent Environmental Management Cell (EMC) for the effective

implementation and monitoring of environmental management system as given below.

EMC will regularly monitoring all project activities to ensure the appropriate implementation of all

environmental mitigation activities and to identify areas where environmental management plan

compliance is not satisfied. Responsibilities will be assigned to officer from various disciplines to

perform and co-ordinate the activities concerned with management and implementation of

environmental control measures. Parnters of the company will be responsible for overall environmental

management. EHS officer will inform all the matter regarding environmental management including

reporting of non compliances / violations of environmental norms.

EMP is given below for both construction phase as well as operational phase.




MT/Month

221

10.8 Corporate Environemnt Policy

Protection of environment is of prime concern and a core business value at M/s. Maruti Mica. Company

will conserve natural resources by their responsibility and efficient use of all our operations. They

believe in sustainable development and therefore are providing adequate environmental control and

management system in unit and will regularly and efficiently operate the same.

Corporate Environmental Policy

Overall conservation of environment.

Minimization of waste generation and pollution.

Judicious use of natural resources and water.

Safety, welfare and good health of the work force and populace.

Ensure effective operation of all control measures.

Vigilance against probable disasters and accidents.

Monitoring of cumulative and long time impacts.

Ensure effective operation of all control measures.

10.9 Environment management during construction phase

Table 66 Environment management during construction phase




MT/Month

222

Description Source Type of Pollutant/

Pollution Potential Control Measures

Various

Environmental

Parameters

such as

air, water,

noise,land/soil,

flora, fauna,

socioeconomic,

health & safety

There will not be any

major construction

activities carried out for

proposed project. There

willbe only construction

activities related to

Installation of

machineriesfor the

proposed project.

Partculate matter,

Fugitive Emissions,

Domestic

Wastewater, Noise,

Municipal waste,

hazardous waste etc

Regular sprinkling of the water

will be recommended during the

construction phase.

Tarpaulin sheet will be used to

cover the materials during

transportation.

Preventing maintenance of

machinery and transportation

vehicles should be carried out

regularly.

Regular use of PPE like nose

masks, gumboots & handgloves

while working.

Adequate space will be provided

for construction of temporary

sheds for construction workers

mobilized by the contractors.

Unit will also supply potable

water for the construction

workers.

10.10 Environment management during operational phase forproposed

The EMP for the proposed project has been prepared for the various environmental attributes like Air,

Water, Waste Management andNoise.

Description Source

Typeof

Pollutant/Pollution

potential

Control Measures

Air Environment

Stack attached

to Boiler

and D.G. Sets

(Stand By)

SPM,SO2 and NO2

White Coal/ Briquettes/ Agro waste should

only be used as fuel for Boiler.

Dust Collector/Bag Filter and Hood Cover

will be provided to the common stack attached

tothe Boiler as an Air Pollution Control

System in the unit. After proposed, Cyclone

Separator will be provided to stack attached to

proposed boiler.

HSD will be used as fuel for D.G. Set.

After proposed adequate stack height will be

provided for the proposed boiler to control &

disperse the air pollutants within the stipulated

norms.

WaterEnvironment

Domestic

wastewater

Low Pollution

Potential

The domestic wastewater generated will be

treated in Septic tank or soak pit.

Industrial

wastewater

Slightly High

Pollution Potential

Industrial wastewater will be generated from

process; boilerblow-down, cooling tower

blow-down, & washing. Wastewater will be




MT/Month

223

Description Source

Typeof

Pollutant/Pollution

potential

Control Measures

collected collection cum neutralizationtank.

Then wastewater will be given Primary

Settling. The sludge from this will be sent to

Sludge Drying bed. Remaining effluent would

be sent to RO (2 stages).

Solid/Hazardous

WasteManagement

Manufacturing

Activity,

Wastewater

Treatment

ETP Sludge +

Evaporation

Residue,

Used Oil, &

Discarded Plastic

Bags/Drums

The proposed ETP Sludge as well as

Evaporation Residue will be disposed off

atapproved TSDF site/Coprocessing. Used

Oil will be sold to registered recycler.

Discarded PlasticBags/Drums will be sold to

authorized vendor.

Hazardous waste storage area is adequate for

storingadditional waste generated due to

proposed project& will be provided with

proper bund i.e. raised wall.

Burning of Fuel

in Boiler

Fly Ash

Unit will send fly ash to cement/ RMC/ paver

blocks/ building bricks manufacturer units and

also will be supplied to the other companies

for land levelling, conditioning, road

construction, etc. and after proposed the same

process will be followed.

NoiseEnvironment

Plant

Equipments and

various

Machinery

Low Pollution

Potential

In operation unit all Noise suppression

measures such as enclosures, buffers and/or

protective measures will be provided, if

required necessary arrangement will be made

after proposed (wherever noise level is more

than90 dB (A). The DG set will be green DG

set with acoustic enclosure.

Employees will be provided with ear

protection measures like earplugs or earmuffs.

Earplug will be provided to all workers where

exposure is 85 dB (A)or more.

The transportation contractor will be informed

to avoid unnecessary speeding of the vehicles

inside the premises.

Conducting regular oiling, lubrication and

preventive measureswill be carried out for the

machineries and equipments to reduce noise

generation. For proposed areas with high

noise levels will be identified and segregated

where possible and will include prominently

displayed caution boards.

Unit will develop the greenbelt area, which

will beupgraded after proposed within

industrial premises and around the periphery




MT/Month

224

Description Source

Typeof

Pollutant/Pollution

potential

Control Measures

(if possible) to preventthe noise pollution in

surrounding area.

10.11 Greenbelt Development Plan

The main objective of the green belt is to provide a barrier between the plant and the surrounding areas.

The green belt helps to halt soil erosion, make the eco-system more sustainable, make the climate more

conductive and restore water balance. The green belt helps to capture the emissions and to attenuate the

noise generated in the plant apart from improving the aesthetics of the plant site.

Unit will developed the greenbelt area, which will be upgraded after proposed within industrial premises

and around the periphery.

Out of total plant area, Unit will develop greenbelt in 3435.3m2 areas (33% area)

Facts considered during selection of plant species for greenbelt development are:

• Agro climatic zone (dry sub humid – as per CPCB) of the project area

• Evergreen species to mitigate cumulative impacts due to other industries also.

• Type of pollutant (mainly air) likely to disperse from project activities.

• Biological–filter Efficiency: Absorption of gases, Dust capturing and noise control.

Unit will develop greenbelt area having approx. 510 nos. of trees. Details of the selected plant

species for greenbelt area is given in the Table

Table 67 Details of Plant Species in Greenbelt

Common Name of Trees Scientific Name Number of Species

Neem Azadirachta Indica 100

Gulmohar Delonix Regia 50

Asopalav Polyalthia Longifolia 50

Shisham Dalbergia sissoo 80

Garmalo Cassia Fistula 40

Teak Tectono Grandis 100

Shirish Albizio Lebbeck 50

Kadam Anogeissus Lotifolio 40

Total species 510

Proposed Five Years Program for Greenbelt Development

Plantation

Details

1st

Year

2nd

Year

3rd

Year

4th

Year

5th

Year Total

No. of plants 204 92 91 92 31 510

Yearly

Percentage 40 % 18 % 18 % 18 % 6 % 100 %




MT/Month

225

10.12 Rain Water Harvesting Scheme

Rainwater Harvesting is generally recharging rainwater in to the underground formation, where it will

be stored in underground reservoirs (Aquifer) so that we can draw it whenever we need it.Rain water

harvesting means arresting rainwater during monsoon and storingit in natural reservoirs (aquifers) and

artificial/ manmade reservoirs (tanks).The rain is available everywhere in India and the end user can

store this waterat marginal cost. The harvested rainwater can be used for flushing, washing, gardening,

irrigation, fire fighting and even consumption with necessary treatment. Rainwater is the purest form

of water available to us. Experts opine that the major source of water, rain must be saved to solve the

problem of water scarcity.

Need for Rainwater Harvesting

• To reduce ground water pollution.

• To augment the ground water storage and decline of water level.

• To improve the quality of ground water.

• To reduce the soil erosion.

• To avoid flooding on roads.

Advantages of Rainwater Harvesting

• Provides self sufficiency at least reduces load on water supply.

• Reduces the cost of pumping of ground water as it raises ground watertable.

• Improves quality of ground water through dilution when recharge toground water.

• Reduces soil erosion in alluvium area.

• Rainwater harvesting systems are simple which can be adopted byindividuals.

Available Technology

• Storage in artificial above or underground tanks.

• Recharging aquifer directly through tube wells with necessary treatment.

Figure 45 Rainwater Harvesting (For Symbolic only)




MT/Month

226

• Recharging aquifer by percolation / Soakage in the ground.

Method of Rainwater Harvesting

In arid and semiarid areas rain water forms the only source of domestic watersupply. This is an ideal

solution to water problem where there is no ground water (Saline ground water) and surface sources are

very far. This is ideallysuited from the economical point of view. Rain water is bacteriologically pure,

free from, organic water and soft in nature. To meet drinking water demandduring the critical dry period

of 90-120 days roof top water harvesting is veryuseful. Ground water recharge or storage from house

of 100 m2 of roof topwill be 260.807 liters in one year, sufficient for a period of four months for afamily

of five members.

In roof top rain water harvesting the rain water is collected from roof of the buildings and stored in

water tank or ground water reservoir for beneficial use in future. The size of the catchment area and

tank should be enough to supply sufficient water for the users during this period.

Volume

Volume of tank can be calculated by the following formula.

V= (t x n x a) where

V= Volume of tank (liters)

T= Length of the dry season (days)

N= Number of people using the tank

A= Consumption per capita per days (liters)

ET= Evaporation loss during the dry period

Since evaporation from a closed storage tank is negligible the evaporation loss can be ignored (=Zero)

Essential Components of the system

• Roof Catchment.

• Gutters for collection of roof water.

• Down pipe to convey rain water from gutter to storage tank “Foul Flush” to divert the contaminated

run-off from roof (for initial wash out before taking to storage tank.

• Filter/Mesh.

• Storage tank under ground.

• Water withdrawal arrangement (Hand Pump).

• Dis-infection arrangement.

Design Consideration

In the design system, the main criterion is the most economical combination of the storage tank volume,

systematic analysis of rainfall records and construction costs.

Selection of Site

• Site should be close to the house to reduce the cost of down pipe.

• Site should have good drainage and should be away from the cattle.

• Shed and soak pits etc. for cleanliness and hygiene surrounding the tank.

• Site should be away from tress to prevent litters falling on the roof and structural disturbance to the

tank by roof propagation.

• Site should be easily accessible for tapping water.

Tips for Maintenance of the RWHS

• Always keep the surroundings of the tank clean and hygienic.

• Remove Algae from the roof tiles and asbestos sheets before the monsoon.




MT/Month

227

• Drain the tank completely and clean from inside thoroughly before the monsoon.

• Clean the water channels (Gutters) often during rainy season and definitely before the first monsoon

rain.

• Avoid first 15 or 20 minutes of rain fall depending on the intensity of rain. Use the first flush

arrangement to drain off this first rain water.

• Change the filter media every rainy season.

• In coastal area the tank may be painted outside by corrosion resistant paint once in 3 years

and in other areas lime (Calcium Carbonate) based white wash may be applied not only for

beauty but also for cleanliness.

• Withdraw water from the system at the rate of 5 lits/head/day.

• This will ensure availability of water throughout the water scarcity period.

• Cover all inlet and outlet pipes with closely knife nylon net or fine cloth or cap during non-

rainy season to avoid entry of insects, worms and mosquitoes.

• The substances that go into the making of the roof should be nontoxic in nature.

Runoff Calculation & Provision of Rainwater Tanks:

The dependable rainfall of the project area is 590 mm. Calculation of rain water to be harvested

based on yearly rainfall and runoff is given in Table

Table 68 Details of Rain Water Harvesting Estimation of Quantum of runoff available through Rain water harvesting (within premises) sheet

Sr.No. Particulars Area (Sqm) Rain fall (m) Runoff

Coefficient*

Quantum of

Run off

available

(Cum/Year)

1 2 3 4 5 (2*3*4)

1 Roof Top of

building/Shed/ 2600 0.59 0.85 1303.9

2 Road/Paved area 200 0.59 0.65 76.7

3 Open Land 4174 0.59 0.20 492.532

4 Green Belt 3435.3 0.59 0.15 304.086

5 Total (sqm) 10410

Total Quantity of

available runoff

(cm/y)

2177.218

* Ref: Manual of Artificial Recharge of Ground Water, (CGWB,2007)

The water ultimately is stored in a storage tank or cistern, which should also be constructed of an inert

material. Reinforced concrete, fiberglass, or stainless steel are suitable materials. Storage tanks may be

constructed as part of the building, or may be built as a separate unit located some distance away from

the building. Based on the above table, unit will provide rain water storage tank of about 1000 cu.m (2

nos.) approximately and stored rainwater will be used for purposes like cooling, washing & domestic

etc. as per the requirement.

Materials required for Rainwater Harvesting System

Sr. No. Material Size

1. Water pipe HDPE/PVC 50-150mm dia pipe

2. PVC Tank 1000 cu. m

3. Motor Pump ½ HP

4. Elbows & Tees 1 HP




MT/Month

228

10.13 Occupational Health Management Plan

Industrial Hygiene Monitoring Program will be implemented by conducting workplace & personal

exposure monitoring periodically

Exposure to Phenol, Formaldehyde, methanol & acetic acid will be monitored at workplace & personal

expsire wull be assessed by personal monotring and medical suveylliance program every six month.

Industry will adopt all precautionary methods to reduce the risk of exposure of hazards to employees

and same will be continued after proposed, specifically:

Pre-employment and periodical medical examinations will be carried out toassess the health status of

the workers and medical records for the samewill be maintained for each employee.

A qualified doctor will be appointed on casual basis and requiredmedicines, antidotes and first-aid box

will be procured under the guidanceof appointed doctor as per guidelines of Factory Act.

Personal Protective Equipment’s (PPEs) like helmet, goggles, hand gloves, safety shoes, nose masks

will be provided to all the workers.

• Adequate numbers of fire fighting equipments and extinguishers will beinstalled as per

requirement of the fire risk in the proposed plant.

• Proper training will be imparted to employees for use of safety appliances & first aid.

• All workers will be trained on respective Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) so as to

enable them to prevent any possible mishaps.

• All pollution control equipments will be periodically checked and maintained.

• The work place area monitoring will be carried out for Particulate Matters (PM), VOCs.

On regular basis.

• Good housekeeping, proper and adequate ventilation and lighting will bearranged for

better workplace area as per guidelines of Factory Act.

• Water purification and water cooler will be provided for safe drinking water.

10.14 Fire & Safety Management Plan

The company will provided sufficient fire extinguishers and fire hydrant systems for protection of the

plant building against fire due to electrical spark and short circuit. Qualified and trained staff will be

managing the environment and safety department in proposed plant and all persons in operation and

maintenance of the plant have been given basic fire fighting training and after proposed the same will

be maintained.

To avoid short-circuiting an earthing system will be designed and installed for a ground fault short

circuit. Grid resistance will be decided based on soil resistively and allowance for corrosion. Electrical

equipments will be flame proof. To avoid road accident due to spillage of fuels and blockages of road,

proper parking and road safety signs both inside and outside the plant will be displayed.

Good housekeeping, proper and adequate ventilation and lighting has beenarranged for better workplace

area as per guidelines of Factory Act.

10.15 Budget for Environment Protection Measures

Capital Investment towards environmental protection, Control and mitigation measures will be about

Rs. 7.5 Lakhs after proposed project. Unit will regularly and efficiently operate environmental

management systems and keep provision for fund for meeting expenses for the same. The budgetary

allocation towards Environmental Management for the proposed project is presented in the Table




MT/Month

229

Table 69 Budgetary allocation towards Environmental Management for proposed

Aspect of

Environmental

Management

Capital Cost

(Lakh /Annum)

[Rs.]

Remarks

Air Pollution Control 10

After proposed project there will be addition of boiler

and as APCD cyclone separator, so there will be an

additional capital cost and the recurring cost would

include operation and maintenance of pollution

control devices and stack emission monitoring &

sample analysis charges.

Water Pollution

Control 25

The Capital cost and maintenance of ETP which also

include Steam based Evaporator.

Noise Pollution 0.2

There capital cost would include provision of

adequate sound enclosures and recurring cost would

include monitoring of noise level.

Hazardous Waste

Management 1.0

Recurring cost would be forsolid/ hazardous waste

packing & its disposal and for the membership of

TSDF site.

Green Belt 0.4 After proposing the project, the green belt within and

outside the project premises will be built.

Occupational

Health & Safety 0.4 Recurring cost would include maintenance Charges.

Statuory compliance &

chartered services 0.2

Following the laws & regulations for sustaining the

environment.

Total Rs. 37.2Lakh

10.16 Corporate Environmental Responsibility (CER) Plan Industry will provide 2.5 % of the proposed project cost (i.e. 159.4Lakh) towards the Corporate



Table 70 Budget Allocation for Coporate Environmental Responsibility


Type of Activities


(₹)

Total amount

to be spent



facilities in

schools of nearby villages

20,500 26,870 25,950 26,980 23,500 123800


camps


programs

22,962 29,850 28,900 26,700 27,690 136102


education aids 28,979 25,890 27,149 26,780 29,800 138598

Total 72,441 82,610 81,999 80,460 80,990 398500




MT/Month

230

11 CHAPTER 11 SUMMARY & CONCLUSION




MT/Month

231

11.1 Introduction

Generally, any project or action includes various impacts, which vary in magnitude astheir beneficial

or adverse classification. At the same time, it is very important to conclude that the “overall” or

“collective” impact of the proposed project is beneficial or detrimental.

In case of the proposed project, impacts are evaluated with respect to various activities during

operational phase.

11.2 Air Environment

The general meteorological data collected during the study period confirms that climatic status of the

study area is consistent with the regional meteorology. Baseline AAQ data indicates that 98th percentile

concentration of PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NO2, CO in the study area are well within the permissible limits as

prescribed in the National Ambient Air Qualitystandards. (NAAQS)

Based on the ground level concentration evaluated by Dispersion Modelling, it is found that due to the

operation of proposed project incremental values of various parameters are well within the permission

limits as prescribed in the National Ambient Air Quality (NAAQ) standards. Hence, it may be

concluded that there would not be any adverse impacts on surrounding air environment within the study

area due to the proposed project.

11.3 Water Environment

Baseline data reveal that as per drinking water quality standards IS:10500 overall quality of both surface

& ground water is suitable for domestic activity including agricultural activity. Ground water quality in

the area meets the Water Quality Standards and all are under permissible limit.

The total water requirement after proposed will be 41KLD. Water will be obtained through borewell to

fulfil such requirements. However, industryproposed to install rainwater harvesting system to collect

the rain water and use in the domestic purpose.

Domestic wastewater will be treated in the Soak pit/septic tank& treated water will be used for

gardening purpose and industrial wastewater will be collected and treated in ETP. Treated effluent will

be ultimately evaporated off in an evaporator. Thus, it can be concluded that there would not be any

significant adverse impact on the water environment due to the proposed project.

11.4 Noise Environment

Noise level in the project premises will be controlled at the source itself by appropriate use of noise

suppressing systems. Noise level in the surrounding study area is well within the permissible limits as

prescribed in the Standards stipulated by CPCB. Thus, noise generated due to the project activity shall

create negligible impact in surrounding environments. This shall further be attenuated by a barrier of

plantation at the periphery of the plant.

11.5 Land/Soil Environment

The soil pollution is generally due to wastewater and solid waste. The Industruial effluent will be treated

in ETP with ZLD and no direct discharge will be done on Land. Solid waste generation will be very

less during operation phase of the proposed project. Hazardous waste will be properly collected, stored

& ultimately disposed off to secured landfill/TSDF site/coprocessing. All the solid/hazardous wastes

generated from the unit after proposed will be properly collected, stored & ultimately disposed off as

per the applicable Act/Rules prescribed by statutory authority. Therefore, there would be no adverse

impact on the land environment due to the proposed project.

11.6 Socio-Economic Environment

The proposed project will generate employment during operation phase. The indirect employment will

also be generated by way of transportation, shopkeepers and other casual employment for many people

during operation phase as well as construction phase. Local people will be given preference for the jobs

in the proposed project. Economic status of the local people will improve due to the increased business




MT/Month

232

opportunities, thereby making a positive impact. Educational, medical and housing facilities in the study

area will considerably improve. Thus, the proposed project will have significant positive impact on the

employment pattern of the study area.

11.7 Conclusion

• Negligible impacts will occure on air quality. However, all the necessary air pollution

control measures will be provided.

• No ecological damage will occur.

• Local employment opportunities will increase.

• Various other environment parameters like Forest/ National Park/ Sanctuaryand Religious /

Historical Places will not be affected.

• Environment Management Plan has been formulated to control all the pollutantparameters

and Environment Management Cell has been set-up to ensure thatthese parameters do not

exceed the norms set out by the concerned authorities.

• After commissioning of the proposed project, the Environmental ManagementCell will take

care of all the pollution control measures.

• It can be concluded on a positive note that after the implementation of the

mitigationmeasures and environmental management plan during the construction &

operational phase, the negative impact on environment will be controlled.




MT/Month

233

12 CHAPTER 12 DISCLOSURE BY CONSULTANT




MT/Month

234

Disclosure by Consultant

The EIA team engaged in the preparation of EIA report consists of professionals with multidisciplinary

skills and experience required for undertaking this project. The EIA involved in various stages of

planning to final report preparation is given below in table:

“I, hereby, certify that I was a part of the EIA team in the following capacity that developed this Report”.

EIA COORDINATOR

Name Pradeep Joshi

Signature & Date

FUNCTIONAL AREA EXPERTS

Functional Areas Name of

the Expert

Involvement (Period & Task**) Signature & Date

Air Pollution

Monitoring &

Control (AP)

Pradeep

Joshi

Site visit, finalization of monitoring

locations, checking air quality data,

evaluation of results of Ambient Air

Quality Monitoring (AAQM), supervision

of air quality modeling and prediction,

identification of impacts, suggestion and

finalization of mitigation measures with

client, and contribution to EIA

documentation.

Water Pollution

(WP)

Miss.

Sheetal

Parmar

Site visit and finalization of sampling

locations for water sampling, water balance

for the project, evaluation of water

pollution control management,

identification of impacts, suggestion and

finalization of mitigation measures,

contribution to EIA documentation.

Solid and

Hazardous waste

Management

(SHW)

Pradeep

Joshi

Identification of the waste generated from

the industry, studying adequacy of

mitigation measures for management of

hazardous waste, contribution to EIA

document.

Socio-Economic

(SE)

Mr. Gunesh

Deosthali

Secondary data collection, site visit,

evaluation of

Socio-Economic status of the study area,

assessment of the possible changes to

socio-economic issues arising out of the

proposed activity, contribution to the EIA

documentation.

Hydrology and

Water

Conservation (HG)

Mr.

ShriVallabh

Kothe

Site visit, understanding and representing

ground water conditions, finalization of

survey findings, identification of impacts,

suggestion of mitigation measures and

contribution to the EIA documentation.




MT/Month

235

Noise and

Vibration (NV)

Pradeep

Joshi

Supervision of noise sampling programme,

analysis of data, noise modeling,

identification of impacts and mitigation

measures, contribution to EIA

documentation.

Landuse (LU) Mr. Rakesh

Jana

Supervision in development of landuse

map of the study area, site visit for ground

truth survey, finalization of landuse maps,

contribution to EIA ducuments.

Risk & hazard (RH Pradeep

Joshi

Identification of modeling scenarios,

consequence modeling using PHAST,

finalization of DMP, contribution to RA /

DMP documentation.

Dr. Shishu Pal

Singh

. Dr.

Shishu Pal

Singh

Assessing baseline soil quality,

possible impacts and control measures